MODEL T500U

CAPS NO2 ANALYZER

Operation Manual

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI)

9480 Carroll Park Drive
San Diego, CA 92121-5201
USA

Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190

Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/

Copyright 2013-2015 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 01 June 2015
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
2013-2015 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation. All rights reserved.

TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing
in this document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein
for identification purposes only. This product is based on technology licensed
from Aerodyne Research, Inc.

07834D DCN6998 i
 This page intentionally left blank.

ii 07834D DCN6998
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal
injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully. Each safety message is associated
with a safety alert symbol, and are placed throughout this manual; the safety symbols are also located
inside the instrument. It is imperative that you pay close attention to these messages, the descriptions of
which are as follows:

WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard

HAZARD: Strong oxidizer

GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for

specific information.

CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning

Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without protection

or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the
instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.

Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.

CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner described
in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other than that for which it
was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous
consequences.

NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es)!

For Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any other Teledyne
API product, contact Teledyne APIs Technical Support Department:

Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or access any of the service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/

07834D DCN6998 iii

CONSIGNES DE SCURIT
Des consignes de scurit importantes sont fournies tout au long du prsent manuel dans le but dviter
des blessures corporelles ou dendommager les instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes.
Chaque consigne de scurit est reprsente par un pictogramme dalerte de scurit; ces pictogrammes
se retrouvent dans ce manuel et lintrieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux
consignes suivantes :

AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc lectrique

DANGER : Oxydant puissant

AVERTISSEMENT GNRAL / MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne

complmentaire pour des renseignements spcifiques

MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude

Ne pas toucher : Toucher certaines parties de linstrument sans protection ou

sans les outils appropris pourrait entraner des dommages aux pices ou
linstrument.

Pictogramme technicien : Toutes les oprations portant ce symbole doivent

tre effectues uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifi.

Mise la terre : Ce symbole lintrieur de linstrument dtermine le point central

de la mise la terre scuritaire de linstrument.

MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit tre utilis aux fins dcrites et de la manire dcrite dans ce
manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument dune autre manire que celle pour laquelle il
a t prvu, linstrument pourrait se comporter de faon imprvisible et entraner des
consquences dangereuses.

NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour chantillonner des gaz combustibles!

iv 07834D DCN6998
WARRANTY

Warranty Policy (02024 G)

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of
Teledyne Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should
equipment failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and
support will be available.

Coverage
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands
ready to provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of
other manufacturers in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field
troubleshooting are to be performed by the customer.

Non-TAPI Manufactured Equipment

Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be
repaired to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the
respective equipment manufacturers warranty.

Product Return
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center.
After the repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.

The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at

http://www.teledyne-api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp

CAUTION Avoid Warranty Invalidation

Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and packing
instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures when returning parts for
repair or calibration may void your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions
please refer to the manual, Fundamentals of ESD, PN 04786, in its Packing Components for
Return to Teledyne APIs Customer Service section. The manual can be downloaded from
our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com under Help Center > Product Manuals in the
Special Manuals section; RMA procedures are under Help Center > Return Authorization.

07834D DCN6998 v
 This page intentionally left blank.

vi 07834D DCN6998
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This manual is comprised of multiple documents, in PDF format, as listed below.

Part No. Rev Name/Description

078340000 D T500U Operation Manual (this manual)
080610000 C Software Menu Trees, Appendix A
080670000 A T500U Spare Parts List, Appendix B
080620000 A T500U Repair Questionnaire, Appendix C
078480000 A T500U Interconnect Diagram, Appendix D

Support information such as electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention and various communications is
presented in our manuals, which are available on the TAPI website http://www.teledyne-api.com in Help
Center>Product Manuals, under Special Manuals.

Note We recommend that all users read this manual in its entirety before
operating the instrument.

07834D DCN6998 vii

 This page intentionally left blank.

viii 07834D DCN6998

REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding changes to this manual.

T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual PN 07834

Date Rev DCN Change Summary

2015 May 08 D 6998 Add new Status Outputs and Control Inputs
2014 Sep 09 C 6960 Add DAQ board test points w/voltages.
2014 July 01 B 6927 Update AREF behavior description; adjust lower limit Temperature alarm.
2014 April 21 A 5543 Initial Release

07834D DCN6998 ix
 This page intentionally left blank.

x 07834D DCN6998
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety Messages ...........................................................................................................................................iii
WARRANTY .................................................................................................................................................. v
About This Manual .......................................................................................................................................vii
Revision History ........................................................................................................................................... ix
Table of Contents ......................................................................................................................................... xi
1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................... 19
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS & COMPLIANCE ............................................................................. 21
2.1. Specifications ....................................................................................................................................... 21
2.2. EPA Equivalency Designation ............................................................................................................. 22
2.3. Approvals and Certifications ................................................................................................................ 22
1.1.1 Safety.......................................................................................................................... 22
1.1.2 EMC ............................................................................................................................ 22
3. GETTING STARTED .............................................................................................................................. 23
3.1. Unpacking ............................................................................................................................................ 23
3.1.1. Installation Requirements .............................................................................................. 24
3.2. Instrument Layout ................................................................................................................................ 24
3.2.1. Front Panel .................................................................................................................... 24
3.2.2. Rear Panel ..................................................................................................................... 26
3.2.3. Internal Chassis Layout ................................................................................................. 28
3.3. Connections and Setup ........................................................................................................................ 29
3.3.1. Electrical Connections ................................................................................................... 29
3.3.1.1. Connecting Power ......................................................................................... 29
3.3.1.2. Connecting Analog Inputs (AIN) Option ........................................................ 30
3.3.1.3. Connecting Analog Outputs .......................................................................... 30
3.3.1.4. Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option 41) Setup .......................................... 31
3.3.1.5. Connecting the Status Outputs ..................................................................... 33
3.3.1.6. Connecting the Control Inputs ....................................................................... 34
3.3.1.7. Concentration Alarm Relay (Option 61) ........................................................ 36
3.3.1.8. Connecting the Communications Interfaces ................................................. 37
3.3.2. Pneumatic Connections................................................................................................. 42
3.3.2.1. About Zero Air and Calibration (Span) Gas .................................................. 44
3.3.2.2. Basic Connections from Calibrator, with and Without Span Gas .................. 45
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES .................................................................................................. 49
4.1. Sample Mode ....................................................................................................................................... 50
4.1.1. Test Functions ............................................................................................................... 50
4.1.2. Warning Messages ........................................................................................................ 51
4.2. Calibration Mode .................................................................................................................................. 51
4.3. Setup Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 52
4.3.1. Primary Setup Menu ...................................................................................................... 52
4.3.2. Secondary Setup Menu (SETUP >MORE) ................................................................... 53
5. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND INITIAL CALIBRATION...................................................... 55
5.1. Startup .................................................................................................................................................. 55
5.1.1. Warning Messages ........................................................................................................ 55
5.2. Functional Checks................................................................................................................................ 56
5.3. Initial Calibration ................................................................................................................................... 58
5.3.1. Initial Calibration Procedure for T500U Analyzers without VALVE Options .................. 59
5.3.1.1. Verifying the Reporting Range Settings ........................................................ 59
5.3.1.2. Verifying the Expected NO2 Span Gas Concentration .................................. 61
5.3.1.3. Initial Zero/Span Calibration Procedure ........................................................ 62
6. SETUP .................................................................................................................................................... 63
6.1. CFG: Configuration Information ........................................................................................................... 63

07834D DCN6998 xi
6.2. DAS: Internal Data Acquisition System ................................................................................................ 63
6.3. RNGE: Analog Output Reporting Range ............................................................................................. 63
6.3.1. Analog Output Ranges for NO2 Concentration .............................................................. 64
6.3.2. Analog Output Reporting Range Default Settings ......................................................... 65
6.3.3. SETUP > RNGE > MODE ............................................................................................. 65
6.3.3.1. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > SNGL: Single Range Mode Configuration ....... 65
6.3.3.2. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > DUAL: Dual Range Mode Configuration ......... 66
6.3.3.3. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > AUTO: Auto Range Mode Configuration ......... 68
6.3.3.4. SETUP > RNGE > UNIT: Setting the Reporting Range Units of Measure ... 69
6.3.3.5. SETUP > RNGE > DIL: Using the Optional Dilution Ratio Feature .............. 69
6.4. PASS: Password Protection ................................................................................................................ 71
6.5. CLK: Clock, Setting time and Date ...................................................................................................... 74
6.5.1. Setting the Time of Day ................................................................................................. 74
6.5.2. Adjusting the Internal Clocks Speed ............................................................................. 75
6.6. MORE>COMM: Communications Ports .............................................................................................. 76
6.6.1. ID (Machine Identification) ............................................................................................. 76
6.6.2. INET (Ethernet) ............................................................................................................. 77
6.6.3. COM1[COM2] (Mode, Baude Rate and Test Port) ....................................................... 77
6.7. MORE>VARS: Variables Setup and Definition .................................................................................... 77
6.8. MORE>DIAG: Diagnostics Functions .................................................................................................. 80
6.8.1. Signal I/O ....................................................................................................................... 82
6.8.2. Analog Output (DIAG AOUT) ........................................................................................ 82
6.8.3. Analog I/O Configuration (DIAG AIO) ............................................................................ 83
6.8.3.1. Analog Output Voltage / Current Range Selection ........................................ 85
6.8.3.2. Calibration of the Analog Outputs ................................................................. 86
6.8.3.3. Enabling or Disabling the AutoCal for an Individual Analog Output .............. 86
6.8.3.4. Automatic Group Calibration of the Analog Outputs ..................................... 87
6.8.3.5. Automatic Individual Calibration of the Analog Outputs ................................ 89
6.8.3.6. Manual Calibration of the Analog Outputs Configured for Voltage Ranges .. 90
6.8.3.7. Manual Adjustment of Current Loop Output Span and Offset ...................... 92
6.8.3.8. Turning the Analog Output Over-Range Feature On/Off .............................. 95
6.8.3.9. Adding a Recorder Offset to an Analog Output ............................................. 96
6.8.3.10. AIN (Analog Inputs) Calibration ................................................................... 97
6.8.3.11. External Analog Inputs (XIN1XIN8) Option Configuration ....................... 98
6.8.4. Test Chan Output (Selecting a Test Channel Function for Output A4) ......................... 99
6.8.5. NO2 LED Disable ......................................................................................................... 101
6.8.6. Pump Disable .............................................................................................................. 101
6.9. SETUP>MORE>AREF:...................................................................................................................... 101
7. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION ................................................................................ 103
7.1. Data Terminal/Communication Equipment (DTE DEC) ..................................................................... 103
7.2. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port Testing ........................................................................ 103
7.2.1. Communication Modes ................................................................................................ 104
7.2.2. Com Port Baud Rate ................................................................................................... 106
7.2.3. Com Port Testing ......................................................................................................... 107
7.3. RS-232 ............................................................................................................................................... 108
7.4. RS-485 (Option) ................................................................................................................................. 108
7.5. Ethernet .............................................................................................................................................. 109
7.5.1. Configuring Ethernet Communication Manually (Static IP Address) ........................... 109
7.5.2. Configuring Ethernet Communication Using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) .................................................................................................................................. 111
7.5.2.1. Changing the Analyzers HOSTNAME ........................................................ 113
7.6. USB Port for Remote Access ............................................................................................................. 114
7.7. Communications Protocols ................................................................................................................ 116
7.7.1. Hessen......................................................................................................................... 116
7.7.1.1. Hessen Com Port Configuration .................................................................. 116
7.7.1.2. Activating Hessen Protocol ......................................................................... 117

xii 07834D DCN6998

 7.7.1.3. Selecting a Hessen Protocol Type .............................................................. 118
7.7.1.4. Setting the HessEn Protocol Response Mode ............................................ 119
7.7.1.5. Hessen Protocol Gas List Entry Format and Definitions ............................. 120
7.7.1.6. Setting Hessen Protocol Status Flags ......................................................... 121
7.7.2. MODBUS ..................................................................................................................... 122
8. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM ......................................................................... 125
8.1. DAS Structure .................................................................................................................................... 126
8.1.1. DAS Channels ............................................................................................................. 126
8.1.1.1. Default DAS Channels ................................................................................ 127
8.1.1.2. DAS Configuration Limits ............................................................................ 128
8.1.2. Viewing DAS Data and Settings .................................................................................. 129
8.1.3. Editing DAS Data Channels ........................................................................................ 130
8.1.3.1. Editing DAS Data Channel Names.............................................................. 131
8.1.3.2. Editing DAS Triggering Events .................................................................... 132
8.1.3.3. Editing DAS Parameters ............................................................................. 132
8.1.3.4. Editing Sample Period and Report Period .................................................. 135
8.1.3.5. Report Periods in Progress when Instrument Is Powered Off .................... 137
8.1.3.6. Editing the Number of Records ................................................................... 137
8.1.3.7. RS-232 Report Function .............................................................................. 139
8.1.3.8. HOLDOFF Feature ...................................................................................... 140
8.1.3.9. The Compact Report Feature ...................................................................... 141
8.1.3.10. The Starting Date Feature ......................................................................... 141
8.1.3.11. Disabling/Enabling Data Channels ............................................................ 141
8.2. Remote DAS Configuration ................................................................................................................ 142
8.2.1. DAS Configuration via APICOM .................................................................................. 142
8.2.2. DAS Configuration via Terminal Emulation Programs ................................................ 142
9. REMOTE OPERATION ........................................................................................................................ 145
9.1. Computer Mode ................................................................................................................................. 145
9.2. Interactive Mode ................................................................................................................................. 145
9.2.1. Remote Control via a Terminal Emulation Program .................................................... 145
9.2.1.1. Help Commands in Interactive Mode .......................................................... 146
9.2.1.2. Command Syntax ........................................................................................ 146
9.2.1.3. Data Types .................................................................................................. 147
9.2.1.4. Status Reporting .......................................................................................... 147
9.2.1.5. General Message Format ............................................................................ 148
9.3. Remote Access by Modem ................................................................................................................ 148
9.4. Password Security for Serial Remote Communications .................................................................... 151
10. CALIBRATION ................................................................................................................................... 153
10.1. Calibration Gases ............................................................................................................................. 153
10.1.1. Span Gas for Multipoint Calibration........................................................................... 153
10.1.2. NO2 Permeation Tubes ............................................................................................. 153
10.2. Data Recording Devices .................................................................................................................. 154
10.3. Manual Calibration Checks and Calibration of the T500U in its Base Configuration ...................... 154
10.3.1. Setup for Basic Calibration Checks and Calibration ................................................. 155
10.3.2. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration Check .......................................................... 156
10.3.3. Performing a Basic Manual Calibration ..................................................................... 157
10.3.3.1. Setting the Expected Span Gas Concentration ......................................... 157
10.3.3.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure .................................................... 158
10.4. Manual Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator .............................................................. 159
10.4.1. Performing Precision Manual Calibration for Internal Span Gas (IZS) Generator
Option .................................................................................................................................... 159
10.4.2. Setup for Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator ..................................... 160
10.4.3. Performing a Manual Calibration Check with the Internal Span Gas Generator ...... 161
10.4.4. Performing a Manual Calibration with the Internal Span Gas Generator .................. 162
10.4.4.1. Setting the Expected Span Gas Concentration......................................... 162

07834D DCN6998 xiii

 10.4.5. Manual Calibration Checks with Valve Options Installed .......................................... 163
10.4.6. Manual Calibration Using Valve Options ................................................................... 164
10.4.6.1. Setting the Expected Span Gas Concentration ......................................... 164
10.4.6.2. Zero/Span Point Calibration Procedure for Valve Options ........................ 165
10.4.6.3. Use of Zero/Span Valve with Remote Contact Closure ............................ 166
10.5. Automatic Zero/Span Cal/Check (AutoCal) ..................................................................................... 166
10.5.1. SETUP > ACAL: Programming and AUTO CAL Sequence ...................................... 169
10.6. Calibration Quality Analysis ............................................................................................................. 172
11. MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................................. 173
11.1. Maintenance Schedule..................................................................................................................... 173
11.2. Predictive Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 174
11.3. Maintenance Procedures ................................................................................................................. 175
11.3.1. Replacing the Sample Filter ...................................................................................... 175
11.3.2. Replacing the AREF Filter and Charcoal Filter ......................................................... 176
11.3.3. Replacing the Internal Pump ..................................................................................... 177
11.3.4. Changing the Internal Span Gas Generator Permeation Tube ................................. 177
11.3.5. Checking for Pneumatic Leaks .................................................................................. 178
11.3.5.1. Detailed Pressure Leak Check .................................................................. 178
11.3.5.2. Performing a Sample Flow Check ............................................................. 179
12. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION ...................................................................................................... 181
13. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE ............................................................................................. 183
13.1. General Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................. 184
13.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages .............................................................. 184
13.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions ......................................................................... 188
13.1.3. DIAG > SIGNAL I/O: Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function ............................... 189
13.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel ........................................................................................... 191
13.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs ....................................................................................... 191
13.3.1. CPU Status Indicator ................................................................................................. 191
13.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ............................................................................................ 192
2
13.3.2.1. I C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs ................................................................ 192
13.3.2.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ............................................................................ 193
13.4. Calibration Problems ........................................................................................................................ 194
13.4.1. Negative Concentrations ........................................................................................... 194
13.4.2. No Response ............................................................................................................. 194
13.4.3. Unstable Zero and Span ........................................................................................... 194
13.4.4. Inability to Span - No SPAN Button (CALS) .............................................................. 195
13.4.5. Inability to Zero - No ZERO Button (CALZ) ............................................................... 195
13.4.6. Non-Linear Response................................................................................................ 196
13.4.7. Discrepancy Between Analog Output and Display .................................................... 196
13.5. Other Performance Problems .......................................................................................................... 197
13.5.1. Excessive Noise ........................................................................................................ 197
13.5.2. Slow Response .......................................................................................................... 197
13.5.3. AREF Warnings ........................................................................................................ 198
13.6. Subsystem Checkout ....................................................................................................................... 199
13.6.1. AC Main Power .......................................................................................................... 199
13.6.2. DC Power Supply ...................................................................................................... 200
2
13.6.3. I C Bus ....................................................................................................................... 201
13.6.4. LCD/Display Module, Touchscreen Interface ............................................................ 201
13.6.5. Relay PCA ................................................................................................................. 201
13.6.6. Data Acquisition (DAQ) PCA ..................................................................................... 202
13.6.7. Motherboard .............................................................................................................. 203
13.6.7.1. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage .................................................... 203
13.6.7.2. A/D Functions ............................................................................................ 203
13.6.7.3. Status Outputs ........................................................................................... 204
13.6.7.4. Control Inputs ............................................................................................ 205

xiv 07834D DCN6998

 13.6.8. CPU ........................................................................................................................... 206
13.6.9. RS-232 Communications........................................................................................... 206
13.6.9.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting.............................................................. 206
13.6.9.2. Troubleshooting Analyzer/Modem or Terminal Operation ........................ 207
13.6.10. Internal Span Gas Generator and Valve Options .................................................... 207
13.6.11. Temperature Sensor................................................................................................ 208
13.6.11.1. Box Temperature Sensor ........................................................................ 208
13.7. Service Procedures .......................................................................................................................... 209
13.7.1. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure................................................................. 210
13.7.2. Removing / Replacing the Relay PCA from the Instrument ...................................... 211
13.8. Frequently Asked Questions ............................................................................................................ 212
13.9. Technical Assistance ....................................................................................................................... 213
14. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................... 215
Glossary .................................................................................................................................................... 217

07834D DCN6998 xv
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout .............................................................................................................. 25
Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control ..................................................................................... 25
Figure 3-3: T500U Rear Panel............................................................................................................... 26
Figure 3-4: Internal Layout..................................................................................................................... 28
Figure 3-5: Analog In Connector ........................................................................................................... 30
Figure 3-6: Analog Output Connector .................................................................................................... 31
Figure 3-7: Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard ............................................................. 32
Figure 3-8: Status Output Connector ..................................................................................................... 34
Figure 3-9: Energizing the Control Inputs .............................................................................................. 35
Figure 3-10: Concentration Alarm Relay ................................................................................................. 36
Figure 3-11: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode ............................................................. 38
Figure 3-12: Pin Assignments for J11, J12 Connectors on CPU Board. ................................................ 38
Figure 3-13: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode .............................................................................. 40
Figure 3-14: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram ............................................ 41
Figure 3-15: Gas Line Connections from Calibrator Basic T500U Configuration................................. 45
Figure 3-16: T500U Pneumatics with Zero Span Valves Option ............................................................. 47
Figure 3-17: T500U Pneumatics with Internal Zero Span Valves Option ................................................ 48
Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display ............................................................................................................. 49
Figure 6-1: Analog Output Connector Pin Out ....................................................................................... 64
Figure 6-2: SETUP COMM Menu ....................................................................................................... 76
Figure 6-3: COMM Machine ID ............................................................................................................ 77
Figure 6-4: Accessing the DIAG Submenus .......................................................................................... 81
Figure 6-5: Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus ........................................................... 84
Figure 6-6: Setup for Checking / Calibrating DCV Analog Output Signal Levels .................................. 90
Figure 6-7: Setup for Checking / Calibration Current Output Signal Levels Using an Ammeter ........... 92
Figure 6-8: Alternative Setup Using 250 Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels .......... 94
Figure 7-1: COMM - LAN /Internet Manual Configuration ................................................................... 110
Figure 7-2: COMM LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration (DHCP) ............................................... 112
Figure 8-1: Example Default DAS Configuration in APICOM Interface ............................................... 128
Figure 8-2: DAS Configuration through a Terminal Emulation Program ............................................. 143
Figure 10-1: Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks in Base Configuration w/Gas Dilution Calibrator 155
Figure 10-2: Pneumatic Connections for T500U Precision Calibration when IZS Generator Present .. 159
Figure 10-3: Pneumatic Connections for Manual Calibration/Checks with the Internal Span Gas
Generator 160

xvi 07834D DCN6998

Figure 11-1: Replacing the Sample Filter .............................................................................................. 176
Figure 11-2: Pneumatic Layout of AREF Filter and Charcoal Filter ...................................................... 176
Figure 11-3: Internal Pump .................................................................................................................... 177
Figure 13-1: CLR and MSG Menu Buttons ............................................................................................ 185
Figure 13-2: Example of Signal I/O Function ......................................................................................... 190
Figure 13-3: CPU Status Indicator ......................................................................................................... 191
Figure 13-4: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting ......................................................... 193
Figure 13-5: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA ............................................................ 200
Figure 13-6 DAQ PCA Test Points and LEDs ...................................................................................... 202
Figure 13-7: Typical Set Up of Status Output Test ................................................................................ 204
Figure 13-8: Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place .................................................................... 211
Figure 13-9: Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations ............................................................................. 211
Figure 14-1: T500U Optical Absorption Cell .......................................................................................... 216
Figure 14-2: Phase Shift Representation of Increased Concentration of NO 2 ...................................... 216

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2-1: Specifications ...................................................................................................................... 21

Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance Requirements .................................................................................. 24
Table 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control Description .................................................................. 26
Table 3-5: Analog Output Pin Assignments ......................................................................................... 31
Table 3-6: Status Output Pin Assignments .......................................................................................... 34
Table 3-7: Control Input Pin Assignments ............................................................................................ 35
Table 4-2: Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions .................................................................... 52
Table 4-3: Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions ................................................................ 53
Table 5-1: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up ............................................................................ 56
Table 5-2: Test Functions Defined ....................................................................................................... 57
Table 6-1: Password Levels ................................................................................................................. 71
Table 6-2: Variables (VARS) ................................................................................................................ 78
Table 6-3: Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions ..................................................................................... 80
Table 6-4: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions ............................................................................................... 83
Table 6-5: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max .............................................................................. 85
Table 6-7: Current Loop Output Check ................................................................................................ 94
Table 6-8: Test Channels Functions available on the T500Us Analog Output ................................... 99
Table 7-1: COM port Communication Modes ..................................................................................... 104
Table 7-2: Ethernet Status Indicators ................................................................................................. 109
07834D DCN6998 xvii
Table 7-4: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol .............................................. 116
Table 7-5: Teledyne API's Hessen Protocol Response Modes ......................................................... 119
Table 7-6: Default Hessen Status Flag Assignments ......................................................................... 121
Table 7-7 MODBUS Setup Instructions ............................................................................................. 122
Table 8-1: DAS Data Channel Properties .......................................................................................... 126
Table 8-2: T500U Default DAS Channels .......................................................................................... 127
Table 8-3: DAS Data Parameter Functions ........................................................................................ 133
Table 9-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands................................................................................ 146
Table 9-2: Teledyne API's Serial I/O Command Types ...................................................................... 146
Table 10-1: AUTOCAL Modes.............................................................................................................. 166
Table 10-2: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters ................................................................................ 167
Table 10-3: Example AutoCal Sequence ............................................................................................. 168
Table 10-4: Calibration Data Quality Evaluation .................................................................................. 172
Table 11-1: T500U Maintenance Schedule .......................................................................................... 174
Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions ................................................................................... 175
Table 13-1: Front Panel Warning Messages ........................................................................................ 187
Table 13-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures ................................................................................... 188
Table 13-3: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications ................................................................. 192
Table 13-4: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications ....................................................................... 193
Table 13-5: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes ................................................................. 200
Table 13-6: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels................................................................................ 201
Table 13-7: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs ..................................... 203
Table 13-8: Status Outputs Check ....................................................................................................... 205
Table 13-9: T500U Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions ............ 205

LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A MENU TREES and RELATED SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - T700 SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - SCHEMATICS

xviii 07834D DCN6998

1. INTRODUCTION
Teledyne APIs Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer uses Cavity-Attenuated
Phase-Shift (CAPS) spectroscopy to render true measurements of nitrogen
dioxide (NO2). The T500U operates as an optical absorption spectrometer,
wherein the absorbance (lost light) is directly proportional to the path-length and
the concentration of the absorbing gas (Beer-Lambert law), providing direct
measurement of NO2.
The T500U uses few components: an optical cell, a pair of highly reflective
spherical mirrors centered at 450nm (strong NO2 absorbance band), a light
emitting diode (LED), and a vacuum photodiode detector. The LED is located
behind a mirror at one end of the cell, and the detector behind the other mirror at
the opposite end of the cell. The LED emits ultraviolet light (UV) into the cell;
the light reflects back and forth between the two mirrors, building intensity and
running a very long path length. The long path length extends the time or life
of the photon, thus providing ample time to measure absorbance when NO2 is
present. Through the use of precisely timed data acquisition coupled with a
proprietary algorithm the measured absorption is translated into a phase shift,
from which the NO2 concentration is calculated. The phase shift decreases as the
NO2 signal increases.
The CAPS method is faster than the traditional chemiluminescence method since
the sample does not require cycling through a catalytic converter to calculate a
difference measurement. Its speed also makes measurement more precise due to
the ability to capture samples closer to real time before ventilation vortices
(e.g., urban canyons and other traffic-related forces) can scatter the concentration.
Economically, the Model T500U CAPS method is less costly to operate than
traditional analyzers in that it uses less power (~80W) and fewer components.
The section on Principles of Operation provides more detail on the behavior and
technique of the CAPS method for NO2 measurement.

07834D DCN6998 19
Introduction Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

20 07834D DCN6998
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS &
COMPLIANCE

2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1 below presents the T500U specifications.
Table 2-1: Specifications

Parameter Description
Range Min: 0-5 ppb Max: 0-1 ppm NO2 (User-selectable)
3 3
Measurement Units ppb, ppm, g/m , mg/m (User-selectable)
Zero Noise < 20 ppt
Span Noise <0.2% of reading + 20 ppt
Zero Drift <0.1 ppb / 24 hours
Span Drift <0.5% of reading / 24 hours
Lower Detectable Limit <40 ppt
Lag Time ~8 seconds (limited by volumetric flow rate)
Rise/ Fall Time <30 Seconds to 95%
Linearity < 1% Full Scale
Precision 0.5% of reading above 5 ppb
3
Sample Flow Rate 900 cm /min 10%
AC Power Rating Typical Power Consumption
110 - 120 V~ 60 Hz 3.0 A 80 W
220 - 240 V~ 50 Hz 3.0 A 80 W
Analog Output Ranges 10V, 5V, 1V, 0.1V (selectable)
Analog Output Resolution 1 part in 4096 of selected full-scale voltage
Communications
Standard I/O 1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital outputs
6 opto-isolated digital inputs (3 defined, 3 spare)
4 analog outputs
Optional I/O 1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
2 4-20mA current outputs
o
Operating Temperature 5-40 C
Humidity Range 0-95% RH, Non-Condensing
Dimensions HxWxD 7 x 17 x 23.5 (178 x 432 x 597 mm)
(19 rack mount, 5U, 24 deep)
Weight 33 lbs (15 kg)
Environmental Conditions Installation Category (Over Voltage Category ) II Pollution
Degree 2
Intended for Indoor Use Only at Altitudes 2000m

07834D DCN6998 21
Specifications, Approvals & Compliance Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

2.2. EPA EQUIVALENCY DESIGNATION

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentations Model T500U cavity attenuated
phase shift spectroscopy nitrogen dioxide analyzer is officially designated as a
US EPA Federal Equivalent Method (FEM) (Designation number EQNA-0514-
212) for NO2 measurement as defined in 40 CFR Part 53, when the T500U is
operated under the following conditions:
on any full scale range between 0-50 ppb and 0-1000 ppb
with any range mode (Single, Dual, or Auto Range)
with a sample filter
at any operating temperature from 5C to 40C
with the software setting: Temperature and Pressure compensation ON
in accordance with this T500U manual
with or without any of the following options:
o Zero/Span (Z/S) valves
o internal Zero/Span (IZS) permeation oven
o external communication and data monitoring interfaces
This analyzer is approved for use, with proper factory configuration (if
applicable), on either 50 or 60 Hertz line frequency and nominal power line
voltages of 115 VAC and 230 VAC, or similar voltages as specified in this
manual.

2.3. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The Teledyne API Model T500U was designed, tested and certified for Safety
and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the compliance
statements for those requirements and directives. For additional certifications,
please contact Technical Support by telephone at 1-800-324-5190 or by email at
[email protected].

1.1.1 SAFETY
rd
IEC/EN 61010-1:2010 (3 Edition), Safety requirements for electrical equipment
for measurement, control, and laboratory use.

CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive

1.1.2 EMC
IEC/EN 61326-1, Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity

EN55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions

FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions

CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

22 07834D DCN6998
3. GETTING STARTED
This section discusses unpacking, connecting, and initializing the instrument.

3.1. UNPACKING
The shipping crate contains:
instrument
power cord
CD-ROM of manuals (and/or paper manual if special-ordered)
Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage to the unit by removing
the top cover of the instrument and inspecting all internal components. Pay
special attention to the pneumatic components prior to powering the instrument
ON. If damage has occurred, please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.
Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance
characterization performed on your instrument at the factory, titled Final Test and
Validation Data Sheet (P/N 07853). It is an important quality assurance and
calibration record and should be placed in the quality records file for this
instrument.
With no power to the unit, carefully open the analyzer and check for internal
shipping damage:
1. Remove the two screws on either side of the chassis toward the back.
2. Slide the cover backward until it clears the analyzers front bezel.
3. Lift the cover straight up.
4. Check that all circuit boards and other components are in good shape
and properly seated.
5. Ensure that the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and
pneumatic hoses are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed
(listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer).
7. Reattach the cover and remove the dust plugs at the rear of the analyzer
to the pneumatic ports, retain for use when storing/shipping the analyzer.

WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Never disconnect any electronic assemblies or subassemblies
while the instrument is under power.

07834D DCN6998 23
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

3.1.1. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be
sure to leave sufficient ventilation clearance.

Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance Requirements

AREA MINIMUM CLEARANCE
Back of the instrument 4 in (10 cm)
Top, Bottom, Sides of the instrument 1 in (2.5 cm)

Note Ensure accessibility to rear panel for disconnecting power.

3.2. INSTRUMENT LAYOUT

This section illustrates front panel and display, rear panel connectors, and internal
chassis layout.

3.2.1. FRONT PANEL

Figure 3-1 shows the analyzers front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the
display screen in Figure 3-2 which is described in Table 3-2. The two USB ports
on the front panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:
plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the touchscreen
interface

thumb (or flash) drive (not included) to download updates to software

(contact TAPI Technical Support for information).

24 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout

Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control

07834D DCN6998 25
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Table 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control Description

Field Description/Function
Status LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name Color State Definition
Off Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.
On Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data
SAMPLE Green being stored.
Blinking Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,
DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled
Off Auto Cal disabled
CAL Yellow On Auto Cal enabled
Blinking Unit is in calibration mode
Off No warnings exist
FAULT Red
Blinking Warnings exist
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the
Conc
currently selected units of measure.
Mode Displays the name of the analyzers current operating mode
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
Param
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Control Buttons Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.

3.2.2. REAR PANEL

Figure 3-3: T500U Rear Panel

Table 3-3 provides a description of the rear panel components.

26 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Table 3-3: Rear Panel Description

Component Function

cooling fan Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear.
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.
AC power
CAUTION! The cords power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power
connector
specs on the analyzers rear panel Model label
Model/specs label Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specs
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
SAMPLE Calibration gases can also enter here on units without zero/span/shutoff valve options
installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside the
EXHAUST shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument. The line must be tubing or
greater.
On units with zero/span valve option installed, connect a gas line to the source of
SPAN
calibrated span gas here.
On units with zero/span valve option installed, but no zero air scrubber, attach a gas line
ZERO AIR to the source of zero air here. If a permeation oven, also known as internal zero/span
valve (IZS), option is installed attach the zero air scrubber here.
DRY AIR Not Used
RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity when blinking.
COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485 (RS-485.
RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment during
DCE DTE
RS-232 communication.
STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
ANALOG OUT (AOUT) For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
ALARM Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable
ANALOG IN (AIN) Option for receiving and logging voltage signals from other instrumentation.
USB Connector for direct connection to laptop computer, using USB cable.
Model Label Includes voltage and frequency specifications

07834D DCN6998 27
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

3.2.3. INTERNAL CHASSIS LAYOUT

Figure 3-4: Internal Layout

28 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

3.3. CONNECTIONS AND SETUP

This section presents the electrical (Section 3.3.1) and pneumatic (Section 3.3.2)
connections for setting up and preparing the instrument for operation.

3.3.1. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

Note To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the

cable length be no greater than 3 meters for all I/O connections,
which include Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In,
Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232, and RS-485.

WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
High Voltages are present inside the analyzers case.
Power connection must have functioning ground connection.
Do not defeat the ground wire on power plug.
Turn off analyzer power before disconnecting or connecting
electrical subassemblies.
Do not operate with cover off.

CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
To avoid damage to your analyzer, ensure that the AC power voltage
matches the voltage indicated on the analyzers model/specs label
located on the rear panel before plugging the T500U into line power.

3.3.1.1. CONNECTING POWER

Adhering to all safety and cautionary messages, attach the power cord between
the analyzers AC power connector and a power outlet capable of carrying at least
the rated current at your AC voltage range; also ensure that it is equipped with a
functioning earth ground.

07834D DCN6998 29
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

3.3.1.2. CONNECTING ANALOG INPUTS (AIN) OPTION

The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from
other instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these
signals in the analyzers internal data acquisition system (DAS). The input
voltage range for each analog input is 0-10 VDC, and input impedance is
nominally 20k in parallel with 0.1F.

Figure 3-5: Analog In Connector

Table 3-4: Analog Input Pin Assignments

DAS
PIN DESCRIPTION 1
PARAMETER
1 Analog input # 1 AIN 1
2 Analog input # 2 AIN 2
3 Analog input # 3 AIN 3
4 Analog input # 4 AIN 4
5 Analog input # 5 AIN 5
6 Analog input # 6 AIN 6
7 Analog input # 7 AIN 7
8 Analog input # 8 AIN 8
GND Analog input Ground N/A
1
See Section 8 for details on setting up the DAS.

3.3.1.3. CONNECTING ANALOG OUTPUTS

The T500U is equipped with analog output channels (see rear panel ANALOG
OUT connector, Figure 3-3).
Channels A1 and A2 output a signal proportional to the NO2 concentration of the
sample gas. Both the voltage and concentration range are configurable.
The default analog output voltage setting of these channels is 0 to 5 VDC
with a reporting range of 0 to 500 ppb.
An optional Current Loop output is available (Section 3.3.1.4).

Channel A3 is not used.

Channel A4 can be set by the user to output any one of a variety of diagnostic test
functions (see Section 6.8.4).
The default analog output voltage setting of this channel is 0 to 5 VDC.
See Section 6.8.4 for a list of available functions and their associated
reporting range.
There is no optional Current Loop output available for Channel A4.

30 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the
appropriate analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer. Pin-outs
for the analog output connector are:

ANALOG OUT
A1 A2 A3 A4
+ - + - + - + -

Figure 3-6: Analog Output Connector

Table 3-5: Analog Output Pin Assignments

STANDARD CURRENT
PIN ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNAL
VOLTAGE OUTPUT LOOP OPTION
1 V Out I Out +
A1 NO2 Concentration*
2 Ground I Out -
3 V Out I Out +
A2 NO2 Concentration*
4 Ground I Out -
3 V Out I Out +
A3 (Not Used)
4 Ground I Out -
7 V Out Not Available
A4 TEST CHANNEL
8 Ground Not Available
* See Section 6.8.3 for analog I/O functions and configuration.

To change the settings for the analog output channels, see Section 6.8.2.

3.3.1.4. CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS (OPTION 41) SETUP

This option converts the DC voltage analog output to a current signal with 0-20
mA output current. If your analyzer had this option installed at the factory, there
are no further connections to be made. Otherwise, it can be installed as a retrofit
for each of the analog outputs of the analyzer. The outputs can be scaled to any
set of limits within that 0-20 mA range. However, most current loop applications
call for either 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA range. All current loop outputs have a +5%
over-range.
Figure 3-7 provides installation instructions and illustrates a sample combination
of one current output and two voltage outputs configuration.
To calibrate or adjust these outputs, see Section 6.8.3.7.

07834D DCN6998 31
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

CAUTION AVOID INVALIDATING WARRANTY

Servicing or handling of circuit components requires electrostatic
discharge (ESD) protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and
containers. Failure to use ESD protection when working with
electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty. Please
learn more about preventing ESD damage in our manual,
Fundamentals of ESD, PN 04786, available on our website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com in Help Center>Product Manuals, under
Special Manuals.

Figure 3-7: Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard

Converting Current Loop Analog Outputs to Standard Voltage Outputs

This section provides instructions for converting current loop analog outputs to
standard 0-to-5 VDC outputs. To convert an output configured for current loop
operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC output operation:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
2. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified, disconnect
it.

32 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

3. Remove the top cover.

Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side).
Slide the cover back and lift the cover straight up.
4. Remove the screw holding the current loop option to the motherboard.
5. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on
the motherboard (see Figure 3-7).
6. Each connector, J19 and J23, requires two shunts. Place one shunt on the
two leftmost pins and the second shunt on the two adjacent pins (see
Figure 3-7).
7. Reattach the top cover to the analyzer.
8. Attach a voltage-sensing, recording device to that output.
9. Calibrate the analog output as described in Section 6.8.3.2.

3.3.1.5. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS

The Status Outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN
transistors, which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used to
interface with devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as
Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector
output that can withstand up to 40 VDC. All of the emitters of these transistors
are tied together and available at pin D.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the
input will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit
that does not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must
be used to limit the current through the transistor output to less than
50 mA. At 50 mA, the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its
collector to emitter.

07834D DCN6998 33
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

The status outputs are accessed via a rear panel 12-pin connector labeled
STATUS (Figure 3-8). Pin-outs for this connector are:
STATUS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D +

ZERO CAL

DIAG MODE
SYSTEM OK

SPAN CAL

TEMP ALARM
HIGH RANGE
CONC VALID

PRESS ALARM
OK
+5V to external device

Figure 3-8: Status Output Connector

Table 3-6: Status Output Pin Assignments

OUTPUT # STATUS DEFINITION CONDITION
1 SYSTEM OK On if no faults are present.
On if NO2 concentration measurement is valid.
2 CONC VALID
If the NO2 concentration measurement is invalid, this bit is OFF.
3 HIGH RANGE On if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO Range Modes.
4 ZERO CAL On whenever the instrument is in CALZ mode.
5 SPAN CAL On whenever the instrument is in CALS mode.
6 DIAG MODE On whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
7 TEMP ALARM On when temperature alarm is active.
8 PRESSURE ALARM On when pressure alarm is active.

D Emitter BUS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
SPARE
+ DC Power + 5 VDC, 300 mA source maximum
The ground level from the analyzers internal DC power supplies. This
Digital Ground
connection should be used as the ground return when +5VDC power is used.

3.3.1.6. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS

The 10-pin CONTROL IN connector provides three digital control inputs to
remotely activate the zero and span calibration modes.
There are two methods for energizing the Control Inputs. The internal +5V
available from the pin labeled + is the most convenient method however, to
ensure that these inputs are truly isolated; a separate external 5 VDC power
supply should be used.

34 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

CONTROL IN CONTROL IN

A B C D E F U + A B C D E F U +

ZERO

SPAN

SPARE
ZERO

SPAN

SPARE

RANGE HIGH

RANGE HIGH
- 5 VDC Power +
Supply

Local Power Connections External Power Connections

(non-isolated configuration) (isolated configuration)

Figure 3-9: Energizing the Control Inputs

Table 3-7: Control Input Pin Assignments

Status
Input # ON Condition
Definition
REMOTE The Analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of the display will
A
ZERO CAL read ZERO CAL R.
REMOTE SPAN The Analyzer is placed in Lo Span Calibration mode. The mode field of the display
B
CAL will read CAL R.
C Spare
REMOTE
D The analyzer is placed in high range.
RANGE HIGH
E&F Spare

The ground level from the analyzers internal DC Power Supplies (same as chassis
Digital Ground
ground).

External Power
U Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A F.
input
Internally generated 5V DC power. To activate inputs A F, place a jumper
+ 5 VDC output between this pin and the U pin. The maximum amperage through this port is 300
mA (combined with the analog output supply, if used).

07834D DCN6998 35
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

3.3.1.7. CONCENTRATION ALARM RELAY (OPTION 61)

This option for four (4) dry contact relays is different from and in addition to
the Contact Closures that come standard on all TAPI instruments. Each relay
has 3 pins with connections on the rear panel (refer Figure 3-10): Common (C),
Normally Open (NO), and Normally Closed (NC).

Figure 3-10: Concentration Alarm Relay

Alarm 1 System OK 2
Alarm 2 Conc 1
Alarm 3 Conc 2
Alarm 4 Range Bit

Alarm 1 Relay
Alarm 1, which is System OK 2 (system OK 1, is the status bit), is in the
energized state when the instrument is OK and there are no warnings. If there
is a warning active or if the instrument is put into the DIAG mode, Alarm 1
will change states. This alarm has reverse logic meaning that if you put a meter
across the Common & Normally Closed pins on the connector you will find that
it is OPEN when the instrument is OK. This is so that if the instrument should
turn off or lose power, it will change states and you can record this with a data
logger or other recording device.

Alarm 2 Relay & Alarm 3 Relay

The Alarm 2 Relay is associated with the Concentration Alarm 1 set point in
the software, and the Alarm 3 Relay is associated with the Concentration
Alarm 2 set point in the software.
Alarm 2 Relay NO2 Alarm 1 = xxx PPM
Alarm 3 Relay NO2 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM

The Alarm Relay activates any time the concentration set-point is exceeded, and
will return to its normal state when the concentration value returns below the
concentration set-point.
Even though the relay on the rear panel is a NON-Latching alarm & resets when
the concentration falls below the alarm set point, the warning on the front panel
display will remain latched until it is cleared: either push CLR on the front panel
menu or clear the warning through the serial port.

36 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Alarm 4 Relay
This relay is connected to the range bit. If the instrument is configured for
Auto Range and the instrument moves into the high range, it activates this
relay.

3.3.1.8. CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACES

Connectors for remote communications interfaces are: Ethernet, USB, RS-232,
RS-232 Multidrop and RS-485 (each described here). In addition to using the
appropriate cables, each type of communication method must be configured using
the SETUP>COMM menu (see Section 6.6 for a brief description of the
SETUP>COMM menu, and Section 7 for communications configuration).

Ethernet Connection
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet
cable from the analyzers rear panel ETHERNET interface connector to an
Ethernet port. Although the analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default
(Section 7.5.2), it should be manually assigned a static IP address.
Configuration: (manual, i.e., static) Section 7.5.1.

USB Connection
The USB option can be used for direct communication between the analyzer and
a PC; connect a USB cable between the analyzer and computer USB ports. This
USB connection can only be used when the COM2 port is not in use except for
RS-232 Multidrop communication.
Configuration: Section 7.6.

Note If this option is installed, the rear panel COM2 port cannot be used
for anything other than Multidrop communication.

RS-232 Connection
For RS-232 communications with data terminal equipment (DTE) or with data
communication equipment (DCE) connect either a DB9-female-to-DB9-female
cable (Teledyne API part number WR000077) or a DB9-female-to-DB25-male
cable (Option 60A), as applicable, from the analyzers rear panel RS-232 port to
the device. Adjust the rear panel DCE-DTE switch to select DTE or DCE as
appropriate (Section 7.1).
Configuration: Section 7.3

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching
connectors may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link
inoperable. Check cables acquired from sources other than
Teledyne API for pin assignments (Figure 3-11) before using.

07834D DCN6998 37
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Figure 3-11: Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode

Figure 3-12: Pin Assignments for J11, J12 Connectors on CPU Board.

Teledyne API offers either of two mating cables, to select for your use:
P/N WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long. Allows
connection of the serial ports of most personal computers.
P/N WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows connection to
the most common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible) and code
activated switches.

38 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no
additional adapters.
To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem,
there are activity indicators just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is
connected between the analyzer and a computer or modem, both the red and
green LEDs should be on.
If the lights are not lit, locate the small switch on the rear panel to switch it
between DTE and DCE modes.
If both LEDs are still not illuminated, ensure that the cable properly
constructed.
Received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate an RS-232 DCE
device.
RS-232 (COM1): RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
Parity: None

COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector

Baud rate:19200 bits per second (baud)

Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
Parity: None

RS-232 Multidrop (Option 62) Connection

When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides
instructions for the internal connection adjustments, then for external
connections, and ends with instructions for menu-driven configuration.

Note Because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and
COM2 DB9 connectors on the analyzers rear panel to connect the
chain of instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate
RS-232 or RS-485 operation.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges (ESD) too small to be felt by the human nervous system.
Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies
will void the instrument warranty. Please learn more about preventing
ESD damage in our manual, Fundamentals of ESD, PN 04786, available
on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com in Help Center>Product
Manuals, under Special Manuals.

07834D DCN6998 39
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt that jumpers two
pins on the serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown
in Figure 3-13. This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that
designated as last in the multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This
requires powering off and opening each instrument and making the following
adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear
panel open for access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the
CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCAs JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers
Pins 21 22 as indicated in Figure 3-13. (Do this for all but the last
instrument in the chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21 22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments
(again refer to Figure 3-13):
J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPUs COM1 connector
(Note that the CPUs COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD

Figure 3-13: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode

(Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured

chain, remove the shunt between Pins 21 22 of JP2 on the

40 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Multidrop/LVDS PCA in the instrument that was previously the last

instrument in the chain.)
4. Close the instrument.
5. Referring to Figure 3-14 use straight-through DB9 male > DB9 female cables
to interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzers RS232 port; then
from the first analyzers COM2 port to the second analyzers RS232 port;
from the second analyzers COM2 port to the third analyzers RS232 port,
etc., connecting in this fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance
limitations of the RS-232 standard.
6. On the rear panel of each analyzer, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the
green and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled
RS232) are both lit. (Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables
internally wired specifically for RS-232 communication; see Section 3.3.1.8:
Connecting the Communications Interfaces, RS-232 Connection).
Female DB9
Host
Male DB9
RS-232 port

Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer Last Analyzer

COM2 COM2 COM2 COM2

RS-232 RS-232 RS-232 RS-232

Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21 22 in
last instrument of
multidrop chain.

Figure 3-14: RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram

7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check
that the Machine ID code is unique for each (Section 6.6.1).
a. In the SETUP Mode menu go to SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default
ID is typically the model number or 0.
b. to change the identification number, press the button below the digit to
be changed.
c. Press/select ENTER to accept the new ID for that instrument.
8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2
menu for multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows:
press/select EDIT and set only QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and
MULTIDROP MODE to ON. Do not change any other settings.
9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1
MODE now shows 35.

07834D DCN6998 41
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it
reads the same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are
set at the same baud rate).

Note The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at
a time, each by its unique ID (see step 7 above).

Note Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and
the first analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.

RS-485 Connection (Option)

As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications.
This port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485
port. Using COM2 for RS-485 communication will disable the USB port. To
reconfigure this port for RS-485 communication, please contact the factory.

3.3.2. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS

This section provides not only pneumatic connection information, but also
important information about the gases required for accurate calibration (Section
3.3.2.1); it also illustrates the pneumatic layout for the analyzer, including valve
option.
Before making the pneumatic connections, carefully note the following
cautionary and additional messages:

CAUTION GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

In units with a permeation tube option installed, the vacuum pump
must be connected and powered on to maintain constant gas flow
through the analyzer at all times. Insufficient gas flow allows gas to
build up to levels that will contaminate the instrument or present a
safety hazard to personnel.
Remove the permeation tube when taking the analyzer out of
operation (Section 11.3.2 provides removal instructions), and store
in a sealed container (use original container that tube was shipped
in).

CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not vent calibration gas, exhaust gas or sample gas into enclosed areas.

42 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

CAUTION
NEVER operate the analyzer with the gas ports capped at the rear
of the analyzer: this can damage the internal pump.
NEVER operate the analyzer with the internal pneumatics
disconnected: this will allow contaminants to enter the bench.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Venting Pressurized Gas:
In applications where any gas (span gas, zero air supply, sample gas)
is received from a pressurized manifold, a vent must be provided to
equalize the gas with ambient atmospheric pressure before it enters the
analyzer to ensure that the gases input do not exceed the maximum
inlet pressure of the analyzer, as well as to prevent back diffusion and
pressure effects. These vents should be:
at least 0.2m long
no more than 2m long
vented outside the shelter.
Avoiding Introduction of Debris into Optical Cell:
Sudden, large changes in pressure can forcibly move debris past the
filters (sample/exhaust) and into the optical cell. To avoid this, relieve
pressure slowly when the system is under vacuum and/or pressure.
Dust Plugs:
Remove dust plugs from rear panel exhaust and supply line fittings
before powering on/operating instrument. These plugs should be kept
for reuse in the event of future storage or shipping to prevent debris
from entering the pneumatics.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with
PTFE tubing.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Run a leak check once the appropriate pneumatic connections
have been made; check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the
procedures defined in Section 11.3.5.

07834D DCN6998 43
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

3.3.2.1. ABOUT ZERO AIR AND CALIBRATION (SPAN) GAS

Zero air and span gas are required for accurate calibration.

Note Zero air and span gases must be supplied at twice the instruments
specified gas flow rate. Therefore, the T500U zero and span gases
should be supplied to their respective inlets in excess of 1800
cm3/min (~900 cm3/min x 2).

Zero Air
Zero air or zero calibration gas is defined as a gas that is similar in chemical
composition to the measured medium but without the gas to be measured by the
analyzer.
For the T500U this means zero air should be devoid of NO2 and H2O vapor.
If your application is not a measurement in ambient air, the zero calibration
gas should be matched to the composition of the gas being measured.
Pure nitrogen (N2) could be used as a zero gas for applications where NO2 is
measured in nitrogen.

Calibration (Span) Gas

Calibration gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the
type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range. To
measure NO2 with the T500U analyzer, it is recommended that you use a span gas
with a concentration equal to 80% of the measurement range for your application
EXAMPLE:
If the application is to measure NO2 in ambient air between 0 ppb and 500
ppb, an appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb.
If the application is to measure NO2 in ambient air between 0 ppb and 100
ppb, an appropriate span gas would be 80 ppb.

Cylinders of calibrated NO2 gas traceable to NIST specifications (also referred to as

EPA protocol calibration gases or Standard Reference Materials) are commercially
available.

Note TAPI recommends the use of NO2 permeation tubes for performing
routine calibration checks only, but not for NO2 span calibration.

Span Gas for Multipoint Calibration

Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration
where span gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using
an NO2 gas of higher concentration combined with a gas dilution calibrator such as
a Teledyne API Model T700. This type of calibrator mixes a high concentration
gas with zero air to accurately produce span gas of the desired concentration.
Linearity profiles can be automated with this model and run unattended
overnight.
44 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

If a dynamic dilution system such as the Teledyne API Model T700 is used to
dilute high concentration gas standards to low, ambient concentrations, ensure
that the NO2 concentration of the reference gas matches the dilution range of the
calibrator.
Choose the NO2 gas concentration so that the dynamic dilution system operates in
its mid-range and not at the extremes of its dilution capabilities.

EXAMPLE:
A dilution calibrator with 10-1000 dilution ratio will not be able to accurately
dilute a 5000 ppm NO2 gas to a final concentration of 500 ppb, as this would
operate at the very extreme dilution setting.
A 50 ppm NO2 gas in nitrogen is much more suitable to calibrate the T500U
analyzer (dilution ratio of 200, in the mid-range of the systems capabilities).

3.3.2.2. BASIC CONNECTIONS FROM CALIBRATOR, WITH AND WITHOUT SPAN GAS

Source of
VENT here if input
SAMPLE GAS
is pressurized Removed during
calibration

MODEL T700
Calibrated NO2

at HIGH Span
Concentration

Gas Dilution
Enclosure Wall

Calibrator

SAMPLE
MODEL 701
EXHAUST
Zero Gas
Generator Chassis
VENT

Figure 3-15: Gas Line Connections from Calibrator Basic T500U Configuration

For the T500U analyzer in its basic configuration, attach the following pneumatic
lines:

07834D DCN6998 45
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Sample Gas Source

Connect a sample gas line to the SAMPLE inlet
Use PTFE tubing; minimum OD .
Sample Gas pressure must not exceed ambient atmospheric pressure by
more than 1.0 psig.
Follow cautionary guidelines for pressurized manifold.

Calibration Gas Sources

CAL GAS & ZERO AIR SOURCES: The source of calibration gas is also
attached to the SAMPLE inlet, but only when a calibration operation is
actually being performed.
Use PTFE tubing; minimum OD .

Venting
In order to prevent back diffusion and pressure effects, both the span gas and zero
air supply lines should be:
Vented outside the shelter.
Minimum OD .
No less than 2 meters in length.
No greater than 10 meters in length.

Exhaust Outlet
Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting. The exhaust line should
be:
Use PTFE tubing; minimum OD .
No greater than 10 meters in length.
Vented outside the shelter.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Do NOT place any mufflers or filters downstream of the pump, i.e.,
external to the instrument.

Note Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made,

check all pneumatic fittings for leaks (see Section 11.3.5 for
detailed leak check).

46 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Getting Started

Pneumatic Layouts

Figure 3-16: T500U Pneumatics with Zero Span Valves Option

07834D DCN6998 47
Getting Started Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Figure 3-17: T500U Pneumatics with Internal Zero Span Valves Option

48 07834D DCN6998
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
To assist in navigating the analyzers software, a series of menu trees is available
for reference in Appendix A of this manual.

Note Some control buttons on the touch screen do not appear if they are
not applicable to the operation at hand or if an invalid setting was
input.

The T500U analyzer software has several operating modes, the most commonly
used of which is the SAMPLE mode. In this mode, a continuous read-out of the
NO2 concentration can be viewed on the front panel and output as an analog
voltage from rear panel terminals.
The second most commonly used operating mode is SETUP, which is used to
configure the various subsystems, such as the Data Acquisition System (DAS),
the reporting ranges, or the communication channels. SETUP mode is also used
for performing various diagnostic tests during troubleshooting.
Figure 4-1 shows in the Mode field that the unit is operating in SAMPLE Mode.

Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display

Table 4-1 describes other operating modes

07834D DCN6998 49
Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Table 4-1: Analyzer Operating Modes

MODE EXPLANATION
DIAG One of the analyzers diagnostic modes is active.
2
AREF Only when in Sample mode an internal valve periodically activates, diverting the sample gas
through a charcoal scrubber. The auto reference value is measured during this period.
LO CAL A Unit is performing LOW SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the analyzers AUTOCAL
feature
LO CAL R Unit is performing LOW SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital
control inputs.
M-P CAL This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing the CAL button.
SAMPLE Sampling normally, flashing text indicates the adaptive filter has tripped due to a change in
concentration.
SETUP SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas measurement will continue during
setup.
1
SAMPLE A Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode and AUTOCAL feature is activated.
1
SPAN CAL A Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the analyzers AUTOCAL feature
1
SPAN CAL M Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated manually by the user.
1
SPAN CAL R Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital control
inputs.
1
ZERO CAL A Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated automatically by the AUTOCAL feature
1
ZERO CAL M Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated manually by the user.
1
ZERO CAL R Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital
control inputs.
1
Only appears on units with the Z/S or IZS valve option.
2
Initial AREF (automatically runs 20 minutes after power up) and any manual AREF sets the AREF filter output value to
the current reading.

4.1. SAMPLE MODE

SAMPLE is the standard operating mode. In this mode, the instrument is
continually calculating the NO2 concentration. These values are displayed in the
CONC field of the analyzer's front panel display during SAMPLE mode.
Also in this mode the PARAM field will display any warning messages (Section
4.1.2) as well as the test functions (Section 4.1.1), which provide information
about the operational status of the analyzer.

4.1.1. TEST FUNCTIONS

TEST functions provide information about the various parameters related to the
analyzers operation and its measurement of gas concentration. Section 5.2
provides information about these functions.

50 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Overview of Operating Modes

4.1.2. WARNING MESSAGES

The most common and serious instrument failures will activate Warning
Messages, which are displayed on the analyzers Front Panel. A table of Warning
Messages and their descriptions is presented in Table 5-1, Section 5.1.1.

4.2. CALIBRATION MODE

Note Always perform Zero calibration before Span calibration.

Pressing the CAL button, switches the analyzer into calibration mode. In this
mode the user can, in conjunction with introducing zero or span gases of known
concentrations into the analyzer cause it to adjust and recalculate the slope (gain)
and offset of its measurement range.

Note This mode is also used to check the current calibration status of the
instrument.

If the instrument includes one of the available zero/span valve options, the
SAMPLE mode display will also include CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing
either of these buttons also puts the instrument into calibration mode.
The CALZ button is used to initiate a calibration of the analyzers zero point
using zero air.
The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzers current
reporting range using span gas.

Note It is recommended that this span calibration be performed at 80% of

full scale of the analyzers currently selected reporting range.
EXAMPLE:
If the reporting range is set for 0 to 500 ppb, an appropriate span
point would be 400 ppb.

Due to their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are

described in in Section 10, which details setting up and performing standard
calibration operations or checks.

For information on using the automatic calibrations feature (ACAL) in

conjunction with the calibration valve options, see Sections 10.4.6 and 10.5.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

To avoid inadvertent adjustments to critical settings, activate
calibration security by enabling password protection in the SETUP
PASS menu.

07834D DCN6998 51
Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

4.3. SETUP MODE

The SETUP Mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the
analyzers hardware and software features, perform diagnostic procedures, gather
information on the instruments performance and configure or access data from the
internal data acquisition system (DAS). For a visual representation of the
software menu trees, refer to Appendix A.
SETUP Mode is divided between Primary and Secondary Setup menus and can be
protected through password security through the SETUP>PASS menu (Section
6.4) to prevent unauthorized or inadvertent configuration adjustments.

4.3.1. PRIMARY SETUP MENU

The areas accessed and configured under the primary SETUP Mode menu are
shown in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions

CONTROL
MODE OR FEATURE BUTTON DESCRIPTION
LABEL
Lists current hardware and software configuration
Analyzer Configuration CFG
information.
Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature.
Auto Cal Feature ACAL
(Only appears if the Zero/Span valve option is installed).
Internal Data Acquisition (DAS) DAS Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data.
Analog Output Reporting Range Used to configure the output signals generated by the
RNGE
Configuration instruments analog outputs.
Calibration Password Security PASS Turns the calibration password feature ON/OFF.
Internal Clock Configuration CLK Used to set or adjust the instruments internal clock.
(Advanced SETUP features) MORE Jumps to the secondary setup menu.

52 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Overview of Operating Modes

4.3.2. SECONDARY SETUP MENU (SETUP >MORE)

Table 4-3 presents advanced feature under the secondary SETUP Mode menu.

Table 4-3: Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions

CONTROL
MODE OR FEATURE BUTTON DESCRIPTION
LABEL
Used to set up and operate the analyzers various external I/O
External Communication
COMM channels including RS-232; RS-485, modem communication
Channel Configuration
and/or Ethernet access.
Used to view various variables related to the instruments
current operational status.
Changes made to any variable are not acknowledged and
recorded in the instruments memory until the ENTR button
System Status Variables VARS is pressed.
Pressing the EXIT button ignores the new setting.
If the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the
analyzer will beep alerting the user that the newly entered
value has been lost.
Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure,
System Diagnostic Features test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzers basic
and DIAG systems.
Analog Output Configuration Most notably, the menus used to configure the output signals
generated by the instruments analog outputs are located here.
Can be used to expedite the AREF loss measurement prior to
conducting a Zero/Span calibration.
Auto Reference AREF Note that AREF is disabled during calibrations until the unit is
placed back in SAMPLE mode.
Also see Table 4-1.
Alarm option Used to provide notice when concentration values are out of
ALRM
(if installed) range. (Only appears if the Alarm option is installed).

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Any changes made to a variable during the SETUP procedures are
not acknowledged by the instrument until the ENTR button is
pressed. If the EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the
analyzer will make an audible signal before exiting the menu, alerting
the user that the newly entered value had not been accepted.

07834D DCN6998 53
Overview of Operating Modes Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

54 07834D DCN6998
5. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND
INITIAL CALIBRATION

5.1. STARTUP
For accurate results, allow the monitor to run for at least 60 minutes to reach a
stable operating temperature.

5.1.1. WARNING MESSAGES

Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside the specified
limits during the analyzers warm-up period, the software will suppress most
warning conditions for 45 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist
after the 45 minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the
troubleshooting guidelines in Section 13.1.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET NOTE:
Suppresses the If a warning message persists after
TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP
warning messages several attempts to clear it, the message
may indicate a real problem and not an
artifact of the warm-up period
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2=XXXX

<TST TST> CAL MSG SETUP

MSG returns the active
warnings to the message field.
SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET

TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP

SAMPLE DATA INITIALIZED

Press CLR to clear the current
TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP message.
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place until
SAMPLE CONFIG INITIALIZED all warning messages have been
cleared.
TEST CAL CLR SETUP

The CLR button disappears The MSG button disappears

when the last message is when last message displays.
cleared, and <TST TST> buttons SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2=XXXX
reappear for function check. <TST TST> CAL SETUP

07834D DCN6998 55
Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial CalibrationTeledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Table 5-1: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up

Message Text Description
SYSTEM SERVICE System service interval has elapsed, per hours specified by SVC_INTERVAL variable.
1
SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU was reset.
CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or erased.
DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased.
2
CANNOT DYN ZERO Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set to ON.
3
CANNOT DYN SPAN Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set to ON.
4
NO2 ALARM1 WARN NO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
4
NO2 ALARM2 WARN NO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
4
MANIFOLD TEMP WARN Manifold temperature outside of warning limits.
4
IZS TEMP WARNING IZS Oven temperature outside of warning limits.
OVEN TEMP WARNING Oven temperature outside of warning limits.
6
SAMPLE PRESS WARN Sample pressure outside of warning limits.
SAMPLE TEMP WARN Sample temperature outside of warning limits.
BOX TEMP WARNING Chassis temperature outside of warning limits.
5
AUTO REF WARNING AREF value outside of allowable limit.
REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during power up.
RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
FRONT PANEL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel.
6
INTERNAL PUMP OFF Internal pump is not running.
ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.
1
Cleared 45 minutes after power up.
2
Cleared the next time successful zero calibration is performed.
3
Cleared the next time successful span calibration is performed.
4
Options Installed: Concentration alarm, Manifold, and Permeation Oven.
5
Applies when AREF is enabled (also see Table 4-1), which is only during Sample mode.
6
Pump stops running if sample pressure reaches 15 InHg; if thats not the case, see Troubleshooting Section 13.1.

5.2. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS

After warm-up, verify that the software properly supports any hardware options
that are installed and that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating
parameters (Appendix C shows the list of test functions and their expected
values; the enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet lists these values as
they appeared before the instrument left the factory).
These functions can also be used as diagnostic tools for troubleshooting a
performance problem (see Section 13). To view the current values of these
parameters on the analyzers front panel press the button sequence illustrated as
follows.

56 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer ManualStartup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX RANGE=[Value]PPB

PHASE=[Value]DEG
<TST TST> CAL SETUP
MEAS_L=[Value]Mm-1
AREF_L=[Value]Mm-1
SMP PRS=[Value]InHg
SMP TEMP=[Value]C
Toggle <TST TST>
to scroll list of functions
BOX TEMP=[Value]c
SLOPE=[Value]
OFFSET=[Value]PPB
STABIL=[Value]PPB
OVEN TMP=[Value]C
TIME=[HH:MM:SS]

Table 5-2: Test Functions Defined

DISPLAY PARAMETER UNITS DESCRIPTION
PPB The Full Scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzers ANALOG
PPM OUTPUTS is currently set.
RANGE RANGE
UGM THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument. See Section 6.3 for
MGM more information.
PHASE PHASE DEG Measurement phase value.
-1
MEAS_L MEASURE LOSS Mm Measurement loss value. (Mega (106) per meter)
-1 Auto reference value (to null any baseline drift from the measurement).
AREF_L AUTOREF LOSS Mm
See Table 4-1. (Mega (106) per meter)
SMP PRS SAMPRESS InHg Sample pressure.
SMP TEMP SAMPTEMP C Sample temperature.
BOX TEMP BOXTEMP C Temperature inside the analyzer chassis.
SLOPE SLOPE n/a The slope for current range, computed during span calibration.
OFFSET OFFSET PPB The offset for current range, computed during zero calibration.
The standard deviation of concentration STABILITY
Data points are recorded every ten seconds (default; this frequency
STABIL STABILITY PPB can be changed in the STABIL_FREQ variable).
The calculation uses the last 25 data points (default; this number of
samples can be changed in the STABIL_SAMPLES variable).
OVEN TMP OVEN TEMP C Oven temperature
*(When DIAG>TEST CHAN OUTPUT is configured for a test function).
TEST* TESTCHAN MV Displays the signal level of the Test Function that is currently being
produced by the Analog Output Channel A4.
The current time. This is used to create a time stamp on DAS readings,
TIME CLOCKTIME HH:MM:SS and by the AutoCal feature to trigger calibration events.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

A value of XXXX displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an
out-of-range reading or the analyzers inability to calculate it. All
pressure measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure.
Absolute, atmospheric pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It
decreases about 1 in-Hg per 300 m gain in altitude. A variety of factors
such as air conditioning and passing storms can cause changes in the
absolute atmospheric pressure.

07834D DCN6998 57
Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial CalibrationTeledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

5.3. INITIAL CALIBRATION

This section provides the initial calibration procedures. To perform the following
calibration, sources for zero air and calibration (span) gas are required for input
into the inlet/outlet fittings on the back of the analyzer (see Section 3.3.2.1).

Note A start-up period of 4-5 hours is recommended prior to performing a

calibration on the analyzer.

The method for performing an initial calibration for the T500U nitrogen dioxide
analyzer differs slightly depending on whether valve options are installed.
See Section 5.3.1 for instructions for initial calibration of the T500U analyzers
in their base configuration.
See Sections 10.4 and 10.4.6 for information regarding setup and calibration
of T500U analyzers with Z/S Valve options.

In either case, any time an initial calibration is in order, e.g, starting the analyzer
for the first time or after general maintenance, conducting a manual AREF may
be required (Auto Reference: reference loss measurement). However, note that
the instrument is programmed to automatically run an AREF 20 minutes after
power up. This expedites the AREF_L value to match current measurements. The
AREF_L value is based on the average of the last four readings taken one hour
apart. Repeat the process if large changes in the AREF_L value occur. Both the
AREF_L and MEAS_L readings should be similar while sampling zero air.
To run a manual AREF, press SETUP>MORE>AREF>RUN:

SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP AREF IDLE

RUN EXIT

Press RUN to run the AREF (Auto Reference) feature; message

reads, AREF RUNNING, and the RUN button becomes the STOP
button. Press EXIT to return to the Secondary Setup menu and
allow the AREF feature to complete its course.

58 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer ManualStartup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration

5.3.1. INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR T500U ANALYZERS

WITHOUT VALVE OPTIONS
The following procedure assumes that:
The instrument DOES NOT have any of the available calibration valve or gas
inlet options installed.
Cal gas will be supplied through the SAMPLE gas inlet on the back of the
analyzer, and
The pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3.3.2.2.

5.3.1.1. VERIFYING THE REPORTING RANGE SETTINGS

While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting, we
recommend that you perform this initial checkout using the following reporting
range settings:
Unit of Measure: PPB
Reporting Range: 500 ppb
Mode Setting: SNGL

While these are the default settings for the T500U analyzer, it is recommended
that you verify them before proceeding with the calibration procedure, by
pressing the following menu button sequence:

07834D DCN6998 59
Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial CalibrationTeledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE CONTROL MENU

MODE SET UNIT DIL EXIT

Verify that the MODE SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SINGL

is set for SNGL.
SNGL DUAL AUTO REM ENTR EXIT
If it is not, press
SINGL ENTR
SETUP X.X RANGE CONTROL MENU

MODE SET UNIT DIL EXIT

Verify that the RANGE is

set for 500.0 SETUP X.X RANGE: 500.0 Conc
If it is not, toggle the 0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
numeric buttons until the
proper range is set, then
press ENTR. Press EXIT
SETUP X.X RANGE CONTROL MENU
3xs to return to
MODE SET UNIT DIL EXIT SAMPLE mode.

Verify that the UNIT is SETUP X.X CONC UNITS:PPB

set for PPB
PPB PPM UGM MGM ENTR EXIT
If it is not, press
PPB ENTR

60 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer ManualStartup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration

5.3.1.2. VERIFYING THE EXPECTED NO2 SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION

The NO2 span concentration value automatically defaults to 400.0 PPB and it is
recommended that calibration gases of that concentration be used for the initial
calibration of the unit.
To verify that the analyzer span setting is set for 400 PPB, press:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

M-P CAL RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2=XXXX

<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT

M-P CAL NO2 SPAN CONC:400.0 Conc

EXIT ignores the new
0 4 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT setting and returns to
The NO2 span concentration value the previous level.
automatically defaults to
400.0 PPB
ENTR accepts the new
If this is not the the concentration of
setting and returns to the
the span gas being used, toggle
previous level.
these buttons to set the correct
concentration of the NO2
calibration gas.

07834D DCN6998 61
Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial CalibrationTeledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

5.3.1.3. INITIAL ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

To perform an initial calibration, press:

Allow zero gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.1 ppB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

Press ENTR to change

M-P CAL STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=XXX.X the OFFSET value for the
NO2 measurement.
<TST TST> ZERO CONC EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
M-P CAL STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX menu.
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

Allow span gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.1 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span. Press ENTR to changes
You may see both buttons. M-P CAL STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX the SLOPE value for the
If either the ZERO or SPAN NO2 measurement.
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT
buttons fail to appear see Press EXIT to leave the
Section 13 for calibration unchanged and
troubleshooting tips. return to the previous
M-P CAL STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX menu.
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

M-P CAL STABIL= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX

EXIT at this point
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT returns to the
SAMPLE menu.

The T500U analyzer is now ready for operation.

Note Once you have completed the above set-up procedures, please fill
out the Quality Questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and
return it to Teledyne API. This information is vital to our efforts in
continuously improving our service and our products for you.
THANK YOU.

62 07834D DCN6998
6. SETUP
The SETUP menu provides access to the instrument parameter settings for
performing configuration, calibration, reporting, and diagnostics operations.

6.1. CFG: CONFIGURATION INFORMATION

Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument configuration information. This
display lists the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software
library revision, CPU type and other information. Use this information to identify
the software and hardware when contacting Technical Support. Special
instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

Press exit at any time
to return to the Sample
display.

Press NEXT of PREV to move back and forth through SETUP T500U NO2 Analyzer
Press exit at any time
the following list of Configuration information:
PREV NEXT EXIT to return to the SETUP
MODEL NAME menu
PART NUMBER
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
BENCH FIRMWARE
CPU TYPE & OS REVISION

6.2. DAS: INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM

Use the SETUP>DAS menu to capture and record data. Refer to Section 8 for
configuration and operation details.

6.3. RNGE: ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE

Use the SETUP>RNGE menu to configure output reporting ranges, Single, Dual,
and Auto.

07834D DCN6998 63
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.3.1. ANALOG OUTPUT RANGES FOR NO2 CONCENTRATION

The T500U has three active analog output signals via the rear panel connector..
ANALOG OUT
NO2 concentration outputs (Not Used)
Test Channel

A1 A2 A3 A4
+ - + - + - + -

LOW range when HIGH range when

DUAL mode is selected DUAL mode is selected

Figure 6-1: Analog Output Connector Pin Out

The outputs can be configured either at the factory or by the user for full scale
outputs of 0.1 VDC, 1 VDC, 5 VDC or 10 VDC. Additionally A1 and A2 may
be equipped with optional 0-20 mA DC current loop drivers and configured for
any current output within that range (e.g. 0-20, 2-20, 4-20, etc.). The user may
also adjust the signal level and scaling of the actual output voltage or current to
match the input requirements of the recorder or data logger (Refer to Sections
6.9.4.3 and 6.9.4.5).
In its basic configuration, the A1 and A2 channels of the T500U output a signal
that is proportional to the NO2 concentration of the sample gas. Several operating
modes are available which allow:
Single range mode (SNGL Mode, refer to Section 6.7.4): Both outputs are
slaved together and will represent the same concentration span (e.g. 0-500
ppb); however their electronic signal levels may be configured for different
ranges (e.g. 0-10VDC vs. 0-0.1 VDC Refer to Section 6.9.4).
Dual range mode (DUAL mode, refer to Section 6.7.5): The two outputs can
be configured for separate and independent concentration ranges as well as
separate electronic signal levels.
Auto range mode (AUTO mode, refer to Section 6.7.6) sets the analyzer to
automatically switch the A1 and A2 analog outputs between two ranges (low
and high) dynamically as the concentration value fluctuates.
EXAMPLE:
A1 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0-5 VDC representing 0-100 ppb concentration values
A2 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 010 VDC representing 0-500 ppb concentration values.
A4 OUTPUT: Test channel; e.g., Sample Pressure = 0-5V
Output A3 is not available on the T500U Analyzer.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

The instrument does not remember upper range limits settings
associated with the individual modes. Changes made to the range
limits (e.g. 400 ppb > 600 ppb) when in one particular mode will alter
the range limit settings for the other modes.
When switching between reporting range modes, ALWAYS check
and reset the upper range limits for the new mode selection.

64 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.3.2. ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE DEFAULT SETTINGS

The default setting for these the reporting ranges of the analog output channels
A1, A2 and A4 are:
SNGL mode
0 to 500.0 ppb
0 to 5 VDC

6.3.3. SETUP > RNGE > MODE

Single range mode (SNGL) is the default range mode for reporting the NO2 gas
concentration outputs using the same range span (see Section 6.3.3.1).
Dual range mode (DUAL) allows the NO2 analog outputs to be set with different
reporting range spans (see Section 6.3.3.2).
Automatic range mode (AUTO) allows the analyzer to automatically switch the
reporting range between two user upper span limits (designated LOW and HIGH)
based on the actual concentrations being measured for each (see Section 6.3.3.3).

6.3.3.1. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > SNGL: SINGLE RANGE MODE CONFIGURATION

Note Single Range is the default reporting range mode for the analyzer.

When the single range mode is selected (SNGL), all analog concentration outputs
(A1, A2) are slaved together and set to the same reporting range limits (e.g. 500.0
ppb).
Although both outputs share the same concentration reporting range, the
electronic signal ranges of the analog outputs may still be configured for different
values (e.g. 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.; see Section 6.8.3.1).

07834D DCN6998 65
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To select SNGL range mode and to set the upper limit of the range, press:

6.3.3.2. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > DUAL: DUAL RANGE MODE CONFIGURATION
Selecting Dual Range mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with
different reporting ranges. The analyzer software calls these two ranges low and
high. The low range setting corresponds with the analog output labeled A1 on the
rear panel of the instrument. The high range setting corresponds with the A2
output. While the software names these two ranges low and high, they do not
have to be configured that way. For example: the low range can be set for a span
of 0-150 ppb while the high range is set for 0-50 ppb.
In DUAL range mode the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will
be replaced by two separate functions:
Range1: The range setting for the A1 output.
Range2: The range setting for the A2 output.

66 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

To set the ranges press the following control button sequence:

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

In DUAL range mode the LOW and HIGH ranges have separate
slopes and offsets for computing NO2 concentration. The two ranges
must be independently calibrated.

07834D DCN6998 67
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.3.3.3. SETUP > RNGE > MODE > AUTO: AUTO RANGE MODE CONFIGURATION
In AUTO range mode, the analyzer automatically switches the reporting range
between two user-defined ranges (LOW and HIGH).
The unit will switch from LOW range to HIGH range when the NO2
concentration exceeds 98% of the low range span.
The unit will return from HIGH range back to LOW range once the NO2
concentration falls below 75% of the low range span.

Also the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will be replaced by
two separate functions:
RANGE1: The LOW range setting for all analog outputs.
RANGE2: The HIGH range setting for all analog outputs.

The LOW/HIGH range status is also reported through the external, digital status
bits (Section 3.3.1.4). To set individual ranges press the following menu
sequence.
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

NOTE: CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
Avoid accidentally setting the LOW
range (RANGE1) of the instrument
with a higher span limit than the SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU
HIGH range (RANGE2).
This will cause the unit to stay in MODE SET UNIT EXIT
the low reporting range perpetually
and defeat the function of the
AUTO range mode. SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:SNGL

SNGL DUAL AUTO REM ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE:AUTO

The LOW and HIGH SNGL DUAL AUTO REM ENTR EXIT
ranges have separate
slopes and offsets for
computing the NO2 SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU
concentration. MODE SET UNIT EXIT

The two ranges must

be independently SETUP X.X LOW RANGE:50.0 Conc
calibrated.
0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X HIGH RANGE:200.0 Conc

EXIT discards the new
0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT setting.
Toggle these buttons
to select the upper
ENTR accepts the
SPAN limit for the
new setting.
reporting range.

68 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.3.3.4. SETUP > RNGE > UNIT: SETTING THE REPORTING RANGE UNITS OF MEASURE
The T500U can display and report concentrations in ppb, ppm, ug/m3, mg/m3
units. Changing units affects all of the COM port values, and all of the display
values for all reporting ranges. To change the units of measure press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

The following equation gives

approximate conversions
between volume/volume units SETUP X.X RANGE CONTROL MENU
and weight/volume units:
MODE SET UNIT EXIT

NO2
ppb x 2.05 = g/m3
SETUP X.X CONC UNITS:PPB
ppm x 2.05 = mg/m3
PPB PPM UGM MGM ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the new

setting.
Toggle these buttons to
select the units of measure ENTR accepts the
for the reporting ranges. new setting.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and ug/m3 use 0C @ 760 mmHg
for Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP).
Consult your local regulations for the STP used by your agency.
(Example: US EPA uses 25C as the reference temperature).
Once the Units of Measurement have been changed from volumetric
(ppb or ppm) to mass units (ug/m3 or mg/m3) the analyzer MUST be
recalibrated, as the expected span values previously in effect will
no longer be valid.
Simply entering new expected span values without running the
entire calibration routine is not sufficient. This will also counteract
any discrepancies between STP definitions.

6.3.3.5. SETUP > RNGE > DIL: USING THE OPTIONAL DILUTION RATIO FEATURE
The dilution ratio feature is a software utility option designed for applications
where the sample gas is diluted before being analyzed by the T500U. Typically
this occurs in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) applications where the
quality of gas in a smoke stack is being tested and the sampling method used to
remove the gas from the stack dilutes the gas. Once the degree of dilution is

07834D DCN6998 69
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

known, this feature allows the user to add an appropriate scaling factor to the
analyzers NO2 concentration calculations so that the measurement range and
concentration values displayed on the instruments front panel display and
reported via the instruments various outputs reflect the undiluted values.
Using the Dilution Ratio option is a 4-step process:
1. Select the appropriate units of measure (see Section 6.3.3.4).

2. Select the reporting range mode and set the reporting range upper limit (see
Section 6.3.3).

Ensure that the upper span limit entered for the reporting range is the
maximum expected concentration of the UNDILUTED gas.

3. Set the dilution factor as a gain (e.g., a value of 20 means 20 parts diluent
and 1 part of sample gas):

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X RANGE MODE MENU

MODE SET UNIT DIL EXIT

SETUP X.X NO2 DIL FACTOR:1.0 Gain

EXIT discards the new
0 0 0 0 1 .0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to setting.
select dilution ratio gain
factor for NO2 gas. ENTR accepts the
new setting.
Default = 1 (e.g. 1:1)

4. Calibrate the analyzer.

Ensure that the calibration span gas is either supplied through the same
dilution system as the sample gas or has an appropriately lower actual
concentration.

EXAMPLE: If the reporting range limit is set for 1 ppm and the dilution
ratio of the sample gas is 20 gain, either:
a span gas with the concentration of 1 ppm can be used if the span gas
passes through the same dilution steps as the sample gas, or;
a 0.05 ppm span gas must be used if the span gas IS NOT routed
through the dilution system.

70 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.4. PASS: PASSWORD PROTECTION

The T500U provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to
prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been
SETUP>PASS>ON), the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a
password-protected function (e.g., SETUP>MORE>DIAG) is selected. This
allows normal operation of the instrument, but requires the password (101) to
access to the menus under SETUP. When PASSWORD is disabled
(SETUP>PASS>OFF), any operator can enter the Primary Setup (SETUP) and
Secondary Setup (SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is enabled or
disabled, a password (default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG menus
in the SETUP>MORE menu.
There are two levels of password protection above the null level, which
correspond to operator, maintenance and configuration functions. Each level
allows access to all of the functions in the previous level.

Table 6-1: Password Levels

PASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED
Null (no Operation Functions of the menu for general operation.
password
required)
101 Configuration/Maintenance Access to Primary Setup and Secondary SETUP Menus when
PASSWORD is enabled.
818 Configuration/Maintenance Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG whether
PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.

07834D DCN6998 71
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To enable passwords, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SYSTEM PASSWORD ENABLE: OFF

Toggle this OFF ENTR EXIT
button to
enable, disable
PASSWORD
SETUP X.X PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
feature.
EXIT discards the new
ON ENTR EXIT
setting.

ENTR accepts the

new setting.

Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following touchscreen control

sequence would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus:

72 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0

Press individual
buttons to set 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
number.

SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0

EXAMPLE: This
password enables the 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
SETUP mode.

Instrument enters selected menu.

Note The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS
and DIAG menus, even if passwords are disabled, but it displays the
default password (818) upon entering these menus. In this case, only
press ENTR to access the password-protected menus.

To disable the PASSWORD feature after it has been turned ON, the SETUP
menu first requires a password; once the password has been input and the ENTR
button pressed, the PRIMARY SETUP MENU appears, and now the PASS menu
can be accessed, where pressing the ON button turns PASSWORD ENABLE
back to OFF, and pressing the ENTR button accepts the change (Table 6-1).

07834D DCN6998 73
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.5. CLK: CLOCK, SETTING TIME AND DATE

Sets time and date of clock; its speed can be adjusted to compensate for faster or
slower CPU clocks. Press SETUP>CLK to access the clock.

6.5.1. SETTING THE TIME OF DAY

The time-of-day feature of the internal clock supports the DURATION step of
the automatic calibration (ACAL) sequence feature, has a built-in clock for the
AutoCal timer, for the time TEST function, and for time stamps on COM port
messages and on DAS data entries.
To set the clocks time and date, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK

TIME DATE EXIT

SETUP X.X TIME: 12:00 SETUP X.X DATE: 01-JUL-13

1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT 0 1 JUL 1 3 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these Toggle these

buttons to enter buttons to enter
HOUR MINUTE DAY MONTH YEAR current day, month
current hour.
and year.

SETUP X.X TIME: 22:30 SETUP X.X DATE: 18-JUL-13

2 2 :3 0 ENTR EXIT 1 8 JUL 1 3 ENTR EXIT

Time is shown in
24-hr cycle, e.g., SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
22:30 = 10:30pm.
EXIT returns to
TIME DATE EXIT SAMPLE
MODE.

74 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.5.2. ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCKS SPEED

In order to compensate for CPU clocks that run fast or slow, you can adjust a
variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed
amount every day.
The CLOCK_ADJ variable is accessed via the VARS submenu: To change the
value of this variable, press:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER SETUP PASS:0

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X 0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X 8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT EDIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X 8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

+ 0 0 EDIT ENTR EXIT

Enter sign and number of

seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)

SETUP X.X 8) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new
setting.

ENTR accepts the

new setting.

07834D DCN6998 75
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.6. MORE>COMM: COMMUNICATIONS PORTS

This section introduces the communications setup menu; Section 7 provides the
setup instructions and operation information.
Press SETUP>MORE>COMM to arrive at the communications menu.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

Figure 6-2: SETUP COMM Menu

6.6.1. ID (MACHINE IDENTIFICATION)

In the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu press ID to display and/or change the
Machine ID, which must be changed to a unique identifier (number) when more
than one instrument of the same model is used:
in an RS-232 multidrop configuration (Sections 3.3.1.8)
on the same Ethernet LAN (Section 7.5)
when applying MODBUS protocol (Section 7.7)

The default ID is either 0 or the same as the model number, e.g., 0500 for the
Model T500U. Press any button(s) in the MACHINE ID menu (Figure 6-3) until
the Machine ID in the Parameter field displays the desired identifier.

76 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

Toggle to cycle
through the available
character set: 0-9 ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X. MACHINE ID: 500 ID
settings
EXIT ignores the new
0 5 0 0 ENTR EXIT settings

Figure 6-3: COMM Machine ID

The ID can be any unique 4-digit number and can also be used to identify
analyzers in any number of ways (e.g. location numbers, company asset number,
etc.)

6.6.2. INET (ETHERNET)

Use SETUP>COMM>INET to configure Ethernet communications, whether
manually or via DHCP. Please see Section 7.5.2 for configuration details.

6.6.3. COM1[COM2] (MODE, BAUDE RATE AND TEST PORT)

Use the SETUP>COMM>COM1[COM2] menus to:
configure communication modes (Section 7.2.1)
view/set the baud rate (Section 7.2.2)
test the connections of the com ports (Section 7.2.3).

Configuring COM1 or COM2 requires setting the DCE DTE switch on the rear
panel. Section 7.1 provides DCE DTE information.

6.7. MORE>VARS: VARIABLES SETUP AND DEFINITION

Use the SETUP>MORE>VARS menu to adjust the settings for software
variables that define certain operational parameters.
Table 6-2 lists variables that are available within the 818 password protected
level. See Appendix A for a detailed listing of the T500U variables that are
accessible through the remote interface.

07834D DCN6998 77
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Table 6-2: Variables (VARS)

VARS
NO. VARIABLE DESCRIPTION ALLOWED VALUES DEFAULT
VALUES
Changes the Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS)
HOLDOFF timer: May be set for intervals
No data is stored in the DAS channels during situations between
0 DAS_HOLD_OFF
when the software considers the data to be questionable 0.5 20 min 15 min.
such as during warm up of just after the instrument returns
from one of its calibration mode to SAMPLE Mode.
Sets the number of significant digits to the right of the
AUTO, 1, 2,
1 CONC_PRECISION decimal point display of concentration and stability 3
3, 4
values.
Adjusts the speed of the analyzers clock. Choose +
2 CLOCK_ADJ sign if the clock is too slow; choose - sign if the clock -60 to +60 s/day 0 sec
is too fast.
Resets the service timer. Pressing OFF turns the
3 SERVICE_CLEAR setting to ON. ENTR resets the timer to 0 and returns ON/OFF OFF
the setting to OFF.
Displays number of hours since last service (since
4 TIME_SINCE_SVC 0-500000 0 Hrs
SERVICE_CLEAR was reset).
5 SVC_INTERVAL Sets the number of hours between service reminders. 0-100000 0 Hrs

Note There is a 2-sec latency period between the time a VARS value is
changed and its storage into the analyzers memory. DO NOT turn the
analyzer off during this period or the new setting will be lost.

78 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following button sequence:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD. SETUP X.X 0) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
Press EDIT to change settings
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT for any of the VARS

EXIT discards the new setting.

Continue pressing NEXT to ENTR accepts the new setting.

cycle through the VARS.

07834D DCN6998 79
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8. MORE>DIAG: DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS

A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the
SETUP>MORE>DIAG menu. The parameters are dependent on firmware
revision (see Appendix A). These tools can be used in a variety of
troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and are referred to in many places of
the maintenance and troubleshooting sections of this manual.
The various operating modes available under the DIAG menu, using password
818, are:

Table 6-3: Diagnostic Mode (DIAG) Functions

MANUAL
DIAG SUBMENU SUBMENU FUNCTION
SECTION

Allows observation of all digital and analog signals

in the instrument. Allows certain digital signals 6.8.1,
SIGNAL I/O
such as valves and heaters to be toggled ON and 13.1.3
OFF.

When entered, the analyzer performs an analog

ANALOG 6.8.2,
output step test. This can be used to calibrate a 13.6.7.1
OUTPUT
chart recorder or to test the analog output accuracy.

The signal levels of the instruments analog outputs

may be calibrated (either individually or as a group).
ANALOG I/O
Various electronic parameters such as signal span, 6.8.3
CONFIGURATION
and offset are available for viewing and
configuration.

TEST CHAN Selects one of the available test channel signals to

6.8.4
OUTPUT output over the A4 analog output channel.

NO2 LED Allows the user to turn off the LED without cycling
6.8.5
DISABLE instrument power.

Allows the user to turn off the internal pump without

PUMP DISABLE 6.8.6
cycling instrument power.

80 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

To access the various DIAG submenus, press the following buttons:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG ANALOG OUTPUT

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

EXIT returns to the
SECONDARY SETUP PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
MENU.
ENTR Activates the DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT
currently displayed
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
DIAG submenu.

DIAG NO2 LED DISABLE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG PUMP DISABLE

PREV ENTR EXIT

Figure 6-4: Accessing the DIAG Submenus

07834D DCN6998 81
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.1. SIGNAL I/O

The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows a user to review and change the digital and
analog input/output functions of the analyzer. Refer to Appendix A for a list of
the parameters available for review under this menu.

Access the signal I/O test mode from the DIAG Menu (Figure 6-4), then press:
DIAG SIGNAL I / O Press NEXT & PREV to
move between signal
types.
PREV NEXT JUMP ENTR EXIT

DIAG I / O 0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF Press JUMP to go

directly to a specific
signal
PREV NEXT JUMP PRNT EXIT
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
available SIGNALS
EXAMPLE

DIAG I / O JUMP TO: 09

EXAMPLE:
0 9 ENTR EXIT Toggle the second button
until it displays 9 to Jump to
9) ST_SYSTEM_OK

DIAG I / O 9) ST_SYSTEM_OK = ON Exit to return

to the
DIAG menu
PREV NEXT JUMP ON PRNT EXIT

Pressing the PRNT button will send a formatted

Toggle ON/(OFF) button to printout to the serial port and can be captured
change status. with a computer or other output device.

6.8.2. ANALOG OUTPUT (DIAG AOUT)

Analog Output (AOUT) is used to verify functionality and accuracy of the analog
outputs. The test forces all analog output channels to produce signals ranging
from 0% to 100% of the full scale range in 20% increments. This test is useful to
verify the operation of the data logging/recording devices attached to the
analyzer.
Section 13.6.7.1 presents instructions for use in troubleshooting and service.

82 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.3. ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION (DIAG AIO)

The T500U analyzer comes equipped with three analog outputs (refer to Figure
3-6). The first two outputs, A1 & A2 (A3 is not used) carry analog signals that
represent the currently measured NO2 concentrating, (see Section 6.3.1). The
third, A4, outputs a signal that can be set to represent the current value of one of
several test functions (see Table 6-8 in Section 6.8.4Table 6-8).
The following table lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T500U
analyzer.

Table 6-4: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions

MANUAL
SUB MENU FUNCTION
SECTION

Initiates a calibration of the A1, A2, and A4 analog output channels that
determines the slope and offset inherent in the circuitry of each output.
AOUT CALIBRATED 6.8.3.1
These values are stored and applied to the output signals by the CPU
automatically.
Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 output (NO2 Concentration).
There are four options:
RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and level of the
output
CONC_OUT_1 REC OFS: Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust
the output level 6.8.2
AUTO CAL: Enables / Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature
CALIBRATED: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but
on this one channel only.
CONC_OUT_2 Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel A2 (NO Concentration)

TEST OUTPUT Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel A4 (TEST CHANNEL) 6.8.4

AIN CALIBRATED Initiates a calibration of the A-to-D Converter circuit located on the Motherboard. 6.8.3.10
XIN1
. For each of 8 external analog inputs channels, shows the gain, offset,
. engineering units, and whether the channel is to show up as a Test 6.8.3.11
. function.
XIN8

07834D DCN6998 83
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To access the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION sub menu, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD. DIAG SIGNAL I/O

NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

AIO Configuration Submenu

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO A OUTS CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

Adjusts the signal output
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
for Analog Output A1.

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

Adjusts the signal output
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
for Analog Output A2.

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V,OVR, NOCAL

Selects the parameter to be
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
output on the TEST channel and
adjusts its signal output.
DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF

<SET SET> CAL EXIT Press SET> to scroll to 8 channels.

Figure 6-5: Accessing the Analog I/O Configuration Submenus

84 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.3.1. ANALOG OUTPUT VOLTAGE / CURRENT RANGE SELECTION

In its standard configuration the analog outputs are set to output a 0 5 VDC
signals. Several other output ranges are available (see Table 6-5). Each range is
usable from -5% to +5% of the rated span.

Table 6-5: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max

RANGE NAME RANGE SPAN MINIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0.1V 0-100 mVDC -5 mVDC 105 mVDC
1V 0-1 VDC -0.05 VDC 1.05 VDC
5V 0-5 VDC -0.25 VDC 5.25 VDC
10V 0-10 VDC -0.5 VDC 10.5 VDC
The default offset for all VDC ranges is 0-5 VDC.
CURR 0-20 mA 0 mA 20 mA
While these are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA for the lower and upper
limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option.
The default offset for all current ranges is 0 mA.

To change the output type and range, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V

Pressing ENTR records
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT the new setting and
returns to the previous
These buttons
menu.
set the signal
Pressing EXIT ignores the
level and type DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V new setting and returns to
of the selected
the previous menu.
channel. 0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR ENTR EXIT

07834D DCN6998 85
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.3.2. CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS

Analog output calibration should be carried out on first startup of the analyzer
(performed in the factory as part of the configuration process) and whenever
recalibration is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically,
either as a group or individually, or calibrated manually.
In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all
channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated
with channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device,
e.g., data logger.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the
outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device.
The AUTOCAL feature must be disabled first for manual calibration.

6.8.3.3. ENABLING OR DISABLING THE AUTOCAL FOR AN INDIVIDUAL ANALOG

OUTPUT
To enable or disable the AutoCal feature for an individual analog output, elect
the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:

86 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

NOTE:
ANALOG OUTPUTS Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
configured for 0.1V full output to be configured
scale should always be
calibrated manually.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

ENTR accepts
Toggle this button the new setting.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:ON
to turn AUTO CAL EXIT ignores the
ON or OFF ON ENTR EXIT new setting.
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: AUTO CAL.:OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

6.8.3.4. AUTOMATIC GROUP CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Manual calibration should be used for any analog output set for a
0.1V output range or in cases where the outputs must be closely
matched to the characteristics of the recording device. (See Sections
6.8.3.2, 6.8.3.3, and 6.8.3.6).

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Before performing this procedure, ensure that the AUTO CAL for
each analog output is enabled. (See Section 6.8.3.3).

07834D DCN6998 87
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS

CALIBRATION command, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_1

This message
Analyzer
DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_2 appears when
automatically
AUTO-CAL is
calibrates all
Turned OFF for
channels for which DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_3
a channel
AUTO-CAL is turned
ON
DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT

If any of the channels have not DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

been calibrated or if at least one
SET> CAL EXIT
channel has AUTO-CAL turned
OFF, this message will read NO.

88 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.3.5. AUTOMATIC INDIVIDUAL CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS

To use the AUTO CAL feature to initiate an automatic calibration for an
individual analog output, select the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

07834D DCN6998 89
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.3.6. MANUAL CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS CONFIGURED FOR

VOLTAGE RANGES
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually
calibrated.

Note The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will
only appear if the AUTO-CAL feature is turned off for the channel
being adjusted. (See Section 6.8.3.3).

Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals

and by changing the actual output signal level using the front panel buttons in
100, 10 or 1 count increments. See Figure 3-6 for pin assignments and diagram
of the analog output connector.

Volt
Meter
+DC Gnd

V OUT + V IN +

V OUT - V IN -
Recording
ANALYZER
Device

Figure 6-6: Setup for Checking / Calibrating DCV Analog Output Signal Levels

Table 6-6: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration

MINIMUM
FULL ZERO SPAN
SPAN VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
SCALE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
(1 count)
0.1 VDC 0.0005V 90 mV 0.001V 0.02 mV
1 VDC 0.001V 900 mV 0.001V 0.24 mV
5 VDC 0.002V 4500 mV 0.003V 1.22 mV
10 VDC 0.004V 4500 mV 0.006V 2.44 mV

90 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, select the
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DISPLAYED AS = CHANNEL
CONC_OUT_1 = A1 Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
CONC_OUT_2 = A2 output to be configured
TEST OUTPUT = A4

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: 5V, CONC2, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-Z: 0 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT

These buttons increase / These menus
decrease the analog output
signal level (not the value on the only appear if
display) AUTO-CAL is
by 100, 10 or 1 counts. turned OFF.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: VOLT-S: 4500 mV
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
of the analyzer and/or the input
of the recording device matches
the value in the upper right hand
corner of the display
(within the tolerances DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2: CALIBRATED: YES
listed in Table 8.8).
<SET SET> CAL EXIT

07834D DCN6998 91
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.3.7. MANUAL ADJUSTMENT OF CURRENT LOOP OUTPUT SPAN AND OFFSET

A current loop option may be purchased for the A1 and A2 Analog outputs of the
analyzer. This option places circuitry in series with the output of the D-to-A
converter on the motherboard that changes the normal DC voltage output to a 0-
20 milliamp signal (See Section 3.3.1.4).
The outputs can be ordered scaled to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA
range, however most current loop applications call for either 0-20 mA or 4-20
mA range spans.
All current loop outputs have a +5% over range. Ranges whose lower limit is
set above 1 mA also have a 5% under range.
To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop, follow the instructions
in Section 6.8.3.1 (select CURR from the list of options on the Output Range
menu).
Adjusting the signal zero and span levels of the current loop output is done by
raising or lowering the voltage output of the D-to-A converter circuitry on the
analyzers motherboard. This raises or lowers the signal level produced by the
current loop option circuitry.
The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments.
Since the exact amount by which the current signal is changed per D-to-A count
varies from output-to-output and instrumenttoinstrument, you will need to
measure the change in the signal levels with a separate, current meter placed in
series with the output circuit. See Figure 3-6 for pin assignments and diagram of
the analog output connector.

mADC

Current
Meter
IN OUT

I OUT + I IN +

I OUT - I IN -
Recording
ANALYZER
Device

Figure 6-7: Setup for Checking / Calibration Current Output Signal Levels Using an Ammeter

CAUTION GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD

Do not exceed 60 V peak voltage between current loop outputs and instrument
ground.

92 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

To adjust the zero and span signal levels of the current outputs, select the
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DISPLAYED AS = CHANNEL
CONC_OUT_1 = A1 Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
CONC_OUT_2 = A2 output to be configured
TEST OUTPUT = A4

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: 5V, OVR, CAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: RANGE: CURR

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

Analyzer automatically DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_1

calibrates the DCV signal
output from the analog
output channel to the
VDC-to-mA converter.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: CURR-Z: 0 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT

These button increase /
decrease the analog output These menus
signal level (not the value on the adjust the mAmp
display)
by 100, 10 or 1 counts. signal output by
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: CURR-S: 5000 mV
converter circuit.
Continue adjustments until the
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
current signal measured at the
output of the analyzer matches
the zero and span points of the
intended current range
(e.g. 0 mA20 mA;
4 mA20 mA) DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

07834D DCN6998 93
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

An alternate method for measuring the output of the Current Loop converter is to
connect a 250 ohm 1% resistor across the current loop output in lieu of the
current meter (see Figure 3-6 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog
output connector). This allows the use of a voltmeter connected across the
resistor to measure converter output as VDC or mVDC.

Volt
Meter
+DC Gnd

V OUT + V IN +

250

V OUT - V IN -
Recording
ANALYZER
Device

Figure 6-8: Alternative Setup Using 250 Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels

In this case, follow the procedure above but adjust the output for the following
values:

Table 6-7: Current Loop Output Check

Voltage across Voltage across
% FS
Resistor for 2-20 mA Resistor for 4-20 mA
0 500 mVDC 1000 mVDC
100 5000 mVDC 5000 mVDC

94 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.3.8. TURNING THE ANALOG OUTPUT OVER-RANGE FEATURE ON/OFF

In its default configuration, a 5% over-range is available on each of the
T500Us analog outputs. This over-range can be disabled if your recording
device is sensitive to excess voltage or current.
To turn the over-range feature on or off, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: OVERRANGE: ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle this DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: OVERRANGE: ON

button to turn
the Over- ON ENTR EXIT
Range feature
ON/OFF.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: OVERRANGE: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

07834D DCN6998 95
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.3.9. ADDING A RECORDER OFFSET TO AN ANALOG OUTPUT

Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal be significantly different
from the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings
from noise around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T500U by defining
a zero offset, a small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: 5V, OVR, CAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: REC OFS: 0 mV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle these DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: REC OFS: 0 mV

buttons to set
+ 0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
the desired
offset value.

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: REC OFS: -10 mV

0 0 1 0 ENTR EXIT
EXAMPLE

DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1: REC OFS: -10 mV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

96 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.3.10. AIN (ANALOG INPUTS) CALIBRATION

This is the submenu to conduct a calibration of the T500U analyzers analog
inputs. This calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a
replacement of CPU, motherboard or power supplies.
To perform an analog input calibration, select the ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION submenu (see Figure 6-5) then press:
From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED:NO

<SET CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D ZERO

Firmware automatically performs a zero point calibration

of the Motherboards analog Inputs

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D SPAN

Firmware automatically performs a span point calibration

of the Motherboards analog Inputs

DIAG AIO A/D CALIBRATION ERROR DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: YES

EXIT EXIT

Perform
Troubleshooting or call DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED:NO
Teledyne APIs
Technical Support <SET CAL EXIT
Dept.

07834D DCN6998 97
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

6.8.3.11. EXTERNAL ANALOG INPUTS (XIN1XIN8) OPTION CONFIGURATION

To configure the analyzers optional external analog inputs, define for each
channel:
gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)
offset (volts)
engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touchscreen
button scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)
whether to display the channel in the Test functions

These parameters can also be captured in the internal Data Acquisition System
(DAS); refer to Appendix A for Analog-In DAS parameters.
To adjust settings for the Analog Inputs option parameters press:
DIAG ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

Press SET> to scroll to the first
< SET SET> CAL EXIT channel. Continue pressing SET>
to view each of 8 channels.

DIAG AIO XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF

Press EDIT at any channel

< SET SET> EDIT EXIT to to change Gain, Offset,
Units and whether to display
the channel in the Test
functions (OFF/ON).
DIAG AIO XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V

DIAG AIO XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V

< SET SET> EDIT EXIT

+ 0 0 1 .0 0 ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO XIN1 UNITS:V

Press to change
< SET SET> EDIT EXIT Gain value

DIAG AIO XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
< SET EDIT EXIT returns to the previous menu.

98 07834D DCN6998
Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.4. TEST CHAN OUTPUT (SELECTING A TEST CHANNEL

FUNCTION FOR OUTPUT A4)
The test functions available to be reported are listed in Table 6-8:

Table 6-8: Test Channels Functions available on the T500Us Analog Output

TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL SCALE

NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF

The pressure of the sample gas
Ambient
SMP PRS measured at the entrance of the Optical 32 InHg-A
InHg-A
bench.
The temperature of the sample gas
SMP TEMP measured at the exhaust of the Optical 0 C 70 C
bench.
MEASURED LOSS Optical loss in the bench. 400-800 Mm-1 1800 Mm-1
OVEN TEMP The temperature of the internal oven. 0 C 70 C
BOX TEMP The temperature inside the chassis. 0 C 70 C
Option Temperature of heated
MANIFOLD TEMP 0 C 70 C
manifold.
IZS TEMP The temperature inside the chassis. 0 C 70 C

Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on
the analog output, but also adds TEST to the list of test functions viewable in the
front panel display.

07834D DCN6998 99
Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To activate the TEST Channel and select a function, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD. DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG TEST CHAN OUTPUT

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG TEST CHAN:NONE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons
to choose a
parameter for the
TEST channel. DIAG TEST CHANNEL:SAMPLE PRESSURE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
ENTR accepts the
new setting.

100 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Setup

6.8.5. NO2 LED DISABLE

This feature is for turning off or on the NO2 LED. Access NO2 LED DISABLE
in the SETUP>MORE>DIAG> . . . menu, and press ENTR, then YES to disable
(turn off) or NO to enable (turn on) the LED.

6.8.6. PUMP DISABLE

This feature in the DIAG menu is used to turn the internal pump ON or OFF
while keeping the instrument running. This is an important feature when
maintenance is required where reading the front panel display is necessary, such
as for the internal bench.

6.9. SETUP>MORE>AREF:
At 20 minutes after power up and periodically thereafter when in Sample mode,
the analyzer conducts a background measurement, known as an auto reference
(AREF), whereby the sample is routed through an internal charcoal scrubber.
This measurement accounts for drift in the baseline loss. A manual AREF is
recommended prior to initial calibration (Section 5.3).
Please note that AREF becomes disabled during calibration if the instrument
stays in calibration mode (CALZ or CALS) for longer than it would normally
take to run a calibration. To ensure that AREF is enabled, return to Sample mode
after conducting a calibration.

07834D DCN6998 101

Setup Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

102 07834D DCN6998

7. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION
Communication connection instructions were provided in Section 3.3.1.8.
This section provides pertinent information regarding communication equipment,
describes the instruments communications modes, presents configuration
instructions for the communications ports, and provides instructions for their use,
including communications protocol. Data acquisition is presented in Section 8.

7.1. DATA TERMINAL/COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (DTE

DEC)
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal
equipment (DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals
always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE
devices. The difference between the two is the pin assignment of the Data Receive
and Data Transmit functions.
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.

To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and
computers (which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the
rear panel labeled DCE DTE (Figure 3-3) allows the user to set the RS-232
configuration for one of these two data devices. This switch exchanges the
Receive and Transmit lines on RS-232 emulating a cross-over or null-modem
cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.

7.2. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT

TESTING
Use the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on
instrument rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel)
for communication modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection. If
using a USB option communication connection, setup requires configuring the
COM2 baud rate (Section 7.2.2).

07834D DCN6998 103

 Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.2.1. COMMUNICATION MODES

Each of the analyzers serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of
different modes, listed in Table 7-1. As modes are selected, the analyzer sums the
mode ID numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display.
For example, if quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-Enabled
mode (32) are selected, the analyzer would display a combined MODE ID of 35.

Table 7-1: COM port Communication Modes

1
MODE ID DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (such as warning messages) to
the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a computer
QUIET 1 program where such intermittent messages might cause communication problems. Such
feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
COMPUTER 2 communicating with a computer operated control program.
(RESERVED) 16
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from
E, 8, 1 8192
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit to Even parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit.
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from
E, 7, 1 2048
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit to Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit.
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
RS-485 1024 over multidrop mode if both are enabled. Also, configuring for RS-485 disables the rear
panel USB port.
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond (see Section
SECURITY 4 6.4). The only command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
MULTIDROP Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
PROTOCOL 32 channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
MODEM 64 RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
ERROR Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING
2 128
XON/XOFF Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE
2 256
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
HARDWARE
8 transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
HANDSHAKE
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instruments APICOM software.
HARDWARE Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In First Out). When FIFO is enabled, it improves
FIFO
2 512 data transfer rate for that COM port.
COMMAND Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
PROMPT 4096
1
Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP> MORE> COMM> COM[1 OR 2]> MODE menu
2
The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless so instructed by Teledyne API's Technical Support
personnel.

104 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

Communication Modes for each COM port being used must be configured
independently. To turn on or off the communication modes for either COM1 or
COM2, access the SETUP>MORE>[COM1 OR COM2] menu, and at the COM1
[2] Mode menu press EDIT.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.
SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

Combined Mode ID
SETUP COM1 MODE:0 displayed here.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF

PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the

new setting.

ENTR accepts the

Toggle ON/OFF button to new setting.
activate/deactivate the
displayed mode.

PREV and NEXT buttons to continue selecting

other COM modes you want to enable or disable
using the ON or OFF button.

07834D DCN6998 105

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.2.2. COM PORT BAUD RATE

To select the baud rate of either COM port, go to SETUP>MORE>COMM and
select either COM1 or COM2 as follows (use COM2 to view/match your personal
computer baud rate when using the USB port, Section 7.6):

Select which COM SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

port to configure.
(COM1 for example). ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

Press SET> until you
reach the COM1 SET> EDIT EXIT
BAUD RATE
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:115200
Use PREV and NEXT
EXIT
to move between
ignores
available baud rates. <SET SET> EDIT EXIT the new
setting
300
1200
SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:115200
4800
9600 ENTR
19200 PREV ENTR EXIT accepts
38400 the setting
57600 Displayed.
115200 SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:9600

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

106 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.2.3. COM PORT TESTING

The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COMM
menu. This test sends a string of 256 w characters to the selected COM port.
While the test is running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should
flicker.
To initiate the test press the following button sequence:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1: TEST PORT

<SET SET> TEST ENTR EXIT

Test runs
SETUP X.X TRANSMITTING TO COM1
automatically.

SETUP X.X COM1: TEST PORT

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

07834D DCN6998 107

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.3. RS-232
The RS232 and COM2 communications (COMM) ports operate on the RS-
232 protocol (default configuration). Possible configurations for these two
COM ports are summarized as follows:
RS232 port can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232 Multidrop
mode (Option 62); refer to Section 3.3.1.8.
COM2 port can be left in its default configuration for standard RS-232
operation including multidrop, or it can be reconfigured for half-duplex RS-
485 operation (please contact the factory for this configuration).

Note that the COM2 port and the USB port cannot be used simultaneously except
when COM2 is used for multidrop communication.
A code-activated switch (CAS) can also be used on either RS232 or COM2 port
to connect typically between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s)
printers, data loggers, analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one
communications hub. Contact Teledyne API Sales for more information on CAS
systems.
To configure the analyzers communication ports, use the
SETUP>MORE>COMM menu (Section 6.6), and configure per Section 7.2
information.

7.4. RS-485 (OPTION)

The COM2 port of the instruments rear panel is set up for RS-232
communication but can be reconfigured for RS-485 communication. Contact
Technical Support. If this option was elected at the time of purchase, the rear
panel was preconfigured at the factory. USB communications is not available
when RS-485 is configured.

108 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.5. ETHERNET
When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard
10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or
routers. The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This
allows a remote computer to connect through the network to the analyzer using
APICOM, terminal emulators or other programs.
The Ethernet connector has two LEDs that are on the connector itself, indicating
its current operating status.

Table 7-2: Ethernet Status Indicators

LED FUNCTION
amber (link) On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity Flickers during any activity on the LAN.

The analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the
instrument to be connected to a network or router with a DHCP server. The
instrument will automatically be assigned an IP address by the DHCP server
(Section 7.5.2). This configuration is useful for quickly getting an instrument up
and running on a network. However, for permanent Ethernet connections, a static
IP address should be used. Section 7.5.1 below details static IP address
configuration.

7.5.1. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION MANUALLY

(STATIC IP ADDRESS)
To configure Ethernet communication manually:
1. Connect a cable from the analyzers Ethernet port to a Local Area Network
(LAN) or Internet port.
2. From the analyzers front panel touchscreen, access the Communications
Menu (SETUP>MORE>COMM, see Figure 6-2).
3. Enter the INET menu shown in Figure 7-1, turning DHCP mode to OFF and
editing the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to the
desired settings (default settings shown in Table 7-3).
Alternatively, from the computer, enter the same information through an
application such as HyperTerminal.

07834D DCN6998 109

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Internet Configuration Button Functions

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU
BUTTON FUNCTION
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
Location of cursor. Press to cycle through the range of
[0]
numerals and available characters (0 9 & . )
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
SAMPLE ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
ENTR
menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
DHCP: ON is EXIT
menu.
default setting. SETUP X.X DHCP: ON
Skip this step Some buttons appear only when relevant.
if it has been SET> EDIT EXIT
set to OFF.

SETUP X.X DHCP: OFF

SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000

<CH CH> DEL [0] ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000

<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0

SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000 <CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT

<SET EDIT EXIT

The PORT number must remain at 3000.

Pressing EXIT from Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
option to reinitialize
its internal interface SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%
firmware
INITIALIZING INET 100%

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU Contact your IT

Network Administrator
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

Figure 7-1: COMM - LAN /Internet Manual Configuration

110 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

Table 7-3: LAN/Ethernet Default Configuration Properties

PROPERTY DEFAULT STATE DESCRIPTION

This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF. Press
DHCP ON EDIT and toggle ON for automatic configuration after first
consulting network administrator.
INSTRUMENT This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
IP ADDRESS 192.168.76.55.) is the address of the analyzer itself.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
GATEWAY IP 0.0.0.0 A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address
ADDRESS (e.g. 192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used by
your LAN to access the Internet.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that identifies the LAN to which the device is
0.0.0.0 connected.
SUBNET MASK
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the
same subnet mask. Any transmissions sent to devices with
different subnets are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are
routed through the gateway computer onto the Internet.

3000 This number defines the terminal control port by which the
1
TCP PORT instrument is addressed by terminal emulation software, such as
Internet or Teledyne APIs APICOM.

[initially blank] The name by which your analyzer will appear when addressed
HOST NAME from other computers on the LAN or via the Internet. To assign
or change, see Section 7.5.2.1.
1
Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne APIs Technical Support
personnel.

7.5.2. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION USING DYNAMIC

HOST CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL (DHCP)
The default Ethernet setting is DHCP.
1. Consult with your network administrator to affirm that your network server is
running DHCP.
2. Access the Communications Menu (SETUP>MORE>COMM, see Figure 6-2).
3. Enter the INET menu and follow the setup sequence as follows:

07834D DCN6998 111

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

From this point on,

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
EXIT returns to
COMMUNICATIONS
MENU
SAMPLE ENTER SETUP PASS : 818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DHCP: ON is SETUP X.X DHCP: OFF

default setting.
SETUP X.X DHCP: ON If it has been OFF ENTR EXIT
EXIT
set to OFF,
SET> EDIT EXIT press EDIT
and set to ON. SETUP X.X DHCP: ON

ON ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X INST IP: 0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0

EDIT button
disabled
<SET SET> EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

Do not alter unless

SETUP X.X TCP PORT: 3000
directed to by Teledyne
Instruments Customer
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT Service personnel

SETUP X.X TCP PORT2: 502

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:

<SET EDIT EXIT

Figure 7-2: COMM LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration (DHCP)

Note If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes
(i.e., 0.0.0.0), the DCHP was not successful in which case you may
have to configure the analyzers Ethernet properties manually. See
your network administrator.

112 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.5.2.1. CHANGING THE ANALYZERS HOSTNAME

The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network.
The initial default Hostname is blank. To assign or change this name (particularly
if you have more than one T500U analyzer on your network, where each must
have a different Hostname), enter the SETUP>COMM>INET men and scroll to
the HOSTNAME menu as in Figure 7-2; make the changes as follows:
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:

BUTTON FUNCTION
<CH Moves the cursor one character to the left. <CH CH> INS DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
CH> Moves the cursor one character to the right.
INS Inserts a character before the cursor location.
DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this button to cycle through th e range of
[?]
numerals and chara cters available for Use these buttons to edit the HOSTNAME
insertion. 0- 9, A- Z, space ~ ! #$%^&*(
) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Accepts the new setting and returns to the
ENTR
previous menu.
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T500STATION#2 (example name)
Ignores the new setting and returns to the
EXIT
previo us menu. <CH CH> INS DEL [?] ENTR EXIT ENTR accepts
Some buttons only appear as applicable.
the new setting.
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%

INITIALIZATION process proceeds

automatically

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID ADDR INET EXIT Contact your

IT Network
Administrator.

07834D DCN6998 113

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.6. USB PORT FOR REMOTE ACCESS

The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the
TAPI USB driver and taking the following steps:
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver onto your computer, downloadable
from the Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads
(www.teledyne-api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: TAPIVCPInstaller.exe

3. Connect the USB cable between a USB port on your personal computer to
the rear panel USB port of your analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A
Type B cable, commonly used as a USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically
assigned to the USB connection. (Start>Control
Panel>System>Hardware>Device Manager). This is the com port that should
be set in the communications software, such as APICOM or Hyperterminal.

Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne
APICOM Manual, PN 07463.

114 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

5. In the instruments SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following

settings:
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode ON
Computer Mode ON
MODBUS RTU OFF
MODBUS ASCII OFF
E,8,1 MODE OFF
E,7,1 MODE OFF
RS-485 MODE OFF
SECURITY MODE OFF
MULTIDROP MODE OFF
ENABLE MODEM OFF
ERROR CHECKING ON
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE FIFO ON
COMMAND PROMPT OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APICOM. Use the
COM port determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures
below show how these parameters would be configured in the Instrument
Properties window in APICOM when configuring a new instrument. See the
APICOM manual (PN 07463) for more details.

Note Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port
except for multidrop communication.

07834D DCN6998 115

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.7. COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS

Communication protocols include Hessen and MODBUS.

7.7.1. HESSEN
The Hessen protocol is a multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments
are connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The
remote instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote
instruments are unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never
initiate Hessen protocol messages. They only respond to commands from the host
computer and only when they receive a command containing their own unique ID
number.
The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of
remote instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to
place remote instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode.
Teledyne APIs implementation supports both of these principal features.
The Hessen protocol is not tightly defined; therefore, while Teledyne APIs
application is completely compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different
from implementations by other companies.

7.7.1.1. HESSEN COM PORT CONFIGURATION

Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T500Us COM
ports to be set differently than the standard configuration as shown in the table
below.

Table 7-4: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol

PARAMETER STANDARD HESSEN
Baud Rate 300 19200 1200
Data Bits 8 7
Stop Bits 1 2
Parity None Even
Duplex Full Half

To change the baud rate of the T500Us COM ports, See Section 7.2.2.
To change the remaining COM port parameters listed in the table above, see
Section 7.2.1, Table 7-1.

Note Ensure that the communication parameters of the host computer are
also properly set.

Also, the instrument software has a 200 ms latency period before it

responds to commands issued by the host computer. This latency
should present no problems, but you should be aware of it and only
issue commands to the instrument at an appropriate pace.

116 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.7.1.2. ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL

Once the COM port has been properly configured, the next step is to activate the
Hessen mode for COM ports and configure the communication parameters for the
port(s) appropriately.
To activate the Hessen Protocol, press:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

Combined Mode ID
SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0 displayed here.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

Use the PREV and
NEXT buttons to
between the
available modes.
Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF

Activate / Deactivate PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT

the HESSEN mode
by toggling the ON /
OFF button. SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF

PREV NEXT ON ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the new
setting.

ENTR accepts the

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:16 new setting.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

07834D DCN6998 117

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.7.1.3. SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE

Currently there are two versions of Hessen Protocol in use. The original
implementation, referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version,
TYPE 2 that has more flexibility when operating with instruments that can
measure more than one type of gas. For more specific information about the
difference between TYPE 1 and TYPE 2 download the Manual Addendum for
Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API's web site: http://www.teledyne-
api.com/manuals/.
To select a Hessen Protocol Type press:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

TYP1 TYP2 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

Use these setting.
buttons to
choose the ENTR accepts the
Hessen type. new setting.

Note While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for

COM1 and COM2, the TYPE selection affects both ports.

118 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.7.1.4. SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE

The Teledyne API's implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose
one of several different modes of response for the analyzer.

Table 7-5: Teledyne API's Hessen Protocol Response Modes

MODE ID MODE DESCRIPTION
CMD This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional
command format. Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating
command.
BCC Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the
response, <ETX> (at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code
(checksum), regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end of
the string, regardless of the command encoding.

To Select a Hessen response mode, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION:TYPE1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X HESSEN RESPONSE MODE:CMD

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HESSEN RESPONSE MODE:CMD

BCC TEXT CMD ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

Use these buttons to setting.
choose the Hessen
Response type. ENTR accepts the
new setting.

07834D DCN6998 119

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.7.1.5. HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS LIST ENTRY FORMAT AND DEFINITIONS

The T500U analyzer keeps a list of available gas types. Each entry in this list is
of the following format.

[GAS TYPE],[RANGE],[GAS ID],[REPORTED]

WHERE:

GAS TYPE The type of gas to be reported (the T500U has only one gas type:
NO2).

RANGE The concentration range for this gas. This feature permits the
user to select which concentration range will be used. The T500U
analyzer has two ranges: RANGE1 or LOW & RANGE2 or HIGH
(see Section 6.3).
1. 0 - The HESSEN protocol to use whatever range is currently
active.
2. 1 - The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE1 for this
gas.
3. 2 - The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE2 for this
gas.
4. 3 - Not applicable to the T500U analyzer.

GAS ID An identification number assigned to a specific gas. The T500U

analyzer measures only NO2, which has the following ID number:

NO2 213

REPORT States whether this list entry is to be reported or not reported

whenever this gas type or instrument is polled by the HESSEN
network. If the list entry is not to be reported this field will be
blank. Its default gas list consists of only reads:
NO2, 0, 213, REPORTED
These default settings cause the instrument to report the concentration value of the
currently active range. If you wish to have just concentration value stored for a
specific range, this list entry should be edited or additional entries should be
added to the list.

120 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

7.7.1.6. SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS

Teledyne API's implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of 16 status
bits that the instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its
condition. This status flag includes an 8-bit set for Operational status follows by
another 8-bit set for Failure status. Each 8-bit status message is formatted as a 2-
digit hexadecimal number. Each bit can be assigned to one operational or warning
message flag. The default settings for these bit/flags are:

Table 7-6: Default Hessen Status Flag Assignments

DEFAULT BIT ASSIGNMENT
STATUS FLAG NAME
HEX BITS
OPERATIONAL FLAGS (8 BITS)
In MANUAL Calibration Mode x02 0000 0010

In ZERO Calibration Mode x04 0000 0100

In SPAN Calibration Mode x08 0000 1000

INVALID CONC x80 1000 0000

SPARE/UNUSED x01 0000 0001

UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS (ONLY BITS 5 AND 6 OF THE OPERATIONAL

FLAG)
UGM 00

MGM 01

PPB 10

PPM 11

WARNING FLAGS (8 BITS)

ANY PRESS WARN x04 0000 0100

SAMPLE TEMP WARNING x08 0000 1000

INTERNAL PUMP OVERRIDE SET TO OFF x10 0001 0000

1
IZS TEMP WARNING x20 0010 0000

BENCH LED DISABLED x40 0100 0000

OVEN TEMP WARNING x80 1000 0000

UNASSIGNED FLAGS
2
MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE FRONT PANEL COMMUNICATION WARNING
BOX TEMP WARNING ANALOG CALIBRATION WARNING
SYSTEM RESET DYNAMIC ZERO WARNING
RELAY BOARD WARNING DYNAMIC SPAN WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DETECTED IN MULTI-POINT CALIBRATION MODE
AUTOREF WARNING
1
Only applicable if the optional internal span gas generator is installed.
2
Only applicable if the T500U is equipped with the optional manifold.
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit. This allows the grouping of
similar flags, such as all temperature warnings, under the same status bit.
Be careful not to assign conflicting flags to the same bit as each status bit will be triggered if any of the
assigned flags is active.

07834D DCN6998 121

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

7.7.2. MODBUS
This section provides MODBUS communications protocol setup instructions; see
Appendix A for MODBUS registers. This set of instructions assumes that the user
is familiar with MODBUS communications, and provides minimal information to
get started. For additional instruction, please refer to the Teledyne API MODBUS
manual, PN 06276, downloadable from our website at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/software/apicom/. Also refer to www.modbus.org for MODBUS
communication protocols.
Minimum Requirements
Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.
MODBUS-compatible software (TAPI uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see
www.modbustools.com)
Personal computer
Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)
Possibly a null modem adapter or cable
Table 7-7 MODBUS Setup Instructions
Actions
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm Ethernet: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP MORE COMM INET; scroll
through the INET submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard
setting is 502), then continue to TCP PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press
EDIT and toggle the menu button to change the setting to ON, then press
ENTR. (Change Machine ID if needed: see Slave ID).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP MORE COMM COM2
EDIT; scroll through the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows
COM2 MODBUS RTU: OFF (press OFF to change the setting to ON.
Scroll NEXT to COM2 MODBUS ASCII and ensure it is set to OFF. Press
ENTR to keep the new settings. (If RTU is not available with your
communications equipment, set the COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON
and ensure that COM2 MODBUS RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep
Slave ID the new settings).
If your analyzer is connected to a network with at least one other analyzer of the same
model, a unique Slave ID must be assigned to each. Using the front panel menu, go to
SETUP MORE COMM ID. The MACHINE ID default is the same as the model
number. Toggle the menu buttons to change the ID.
Reboot analyzer For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up
again.
Make appropriate cable Connect your analyzer via either:
connections Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC; if
so, also install the software driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot
the computer if required), or
COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).

Specify MODBUS software 1. ClickSetup / [Read / Write Definition] /.

settings A. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function
(examples used here are (what you wish to read from the analyzer).
for MODBUS Poll B. Input Quantity (based on your firmwares register map).
software) C. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically
Float Inverse).
D. Click OK.

2. Next, click Connection/Connect.

A. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options
based on your computer.
B. Press OK.

Read the Modbus Poll Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see
Register example that follows If desired, assign an alias for each.

122 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Communications Setup and Operation

Example Read/Write Definition window:

Example Connection Setup window:

Example MODBUS Poll window:

07834D DCN6998 123

Communications Setup and Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

124 07834D DCN6998

8. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND
APICOM
The internal data acquisition system (DAS) enables the analyzer to store
concentration and calibration data as well as a host of diagnostic parameters. This
feature can store a large number of data points covering days, weeks or months of
valuable measurements, depending on individual configurations. The data
records are stored in non-volatile memory and are retained even when the
instrument is powered off. Data are stored in plain text format for easy retrieval
and use in common data analysis programs (such as electronic spreadsheets).
The DAS permits users to access stored data through the instruments front panel
or remotely through its communication ports. To support the DAS functionality,
Teledyne API offers APICOM, a program that provides a visual interface for
remote or local setup, configuration and data retrieval of the DAS (APICOM
DAS Manual, PN 07463, which can be downloaded from our website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com under Help Center > Product Manuals in the Special
Manuals section).

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

DAS operation is suspended whenever its configuration is edited
using the analyzers front panel and therefore data may be lost. To
prevent such data loss, it is recommended to use the APICOM
graphical user interface for DAS changes (Section 8.2.1).
Please be aware that all stored data will be erased if the analyzers
disk-on-module or CPU board is replaced or if the configuration data
stored there is reset.

Note The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual
data channels.

The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive
diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect
the functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis,
documentation and archival in electronic format.
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel not only indicates the
analyzer status, but also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status:
OFF: System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or
disabled for this mode. Calibration data are typically stored at the
end of calibration periods, concentration data are typically not
sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.
BLINKING: Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system
exits calibrations. DAS channels can be enabled or disabled for
this period. Concentration data are typically disabled whereas
diagnostic should be collected.

07834D DCN6998 125

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

8.1. DAS STRUCTURE

The DAS is designed around the feature of a record, a single data point. The
types of data captured in a record are defined by two properties:
PARAMETER type that defines the kind of data to be stored (e.g. the
average of NO2 concentrations measured with three digits of precision). See
Section 8.1.3.3.
A TRIGGER event that defines when the record is made (e.g. timer; every
time a calibration is performed, etc.). See Section 8.1.3.2.

The specific PARAMETERS and TRIGGER events that describe an individual

record are defined in a construct called a DATA CHANNEL (see Section 8.1.3).

8.1.1. DAS CHANNELS

Users may create up to 20 data channels and each channel can contain a triggering
event and one or more parameters. For each channel, the following are selected:
one triggering event
up to 50 data parameters, which can be the shared between channels.
several other properties that define the structure of the channel and allow the
user to make operational decisions regarding the channel.

Table 8-1: DAS Data Channel Properties

DEFAULT
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION SETTING RANGE
SETTING
1
NAME The name of the data channel. NONE Up to 6 letters or digits .
Any available event
TRIGGERING The event that triggers the data channel to
EVENT measure and store the datum.
ATIMER (see Appendix A, DAS
Trigger Events).
NUMBER AND Any available parameter
A user-configurable list of data types to be
LIST OF
recorded in any given channel.
1 (see Appendix A, DAS
PARAMETERS Parameters).
000:00:01 to
The amount of time between each channel data 000:01:00
REPORT PERIOD
point. (1 hour)
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
Limited by available
The number of reports that will be stored in the
NUMBER OF storage space, which
data file. Once the limit is exceeded, the oldest 100
RECORDS
data is over-written. depends on DAS
configuration.
Enables the analyzer to automatically report
RS-232 REPORT
channel values to the RS-232 ports.
OFF OFF or ON
CHANNEL Enables or disables the channel. Allows a channel
ENABLED to be temporarily turned off without deleting it.
ON OFF or ON
Disables sampling of data parameters while
CAL HOLD OFF 2
instrument is in calibration mode .
OFF OFF or ON
1
More with APICOM, but only the first six are displayed on the front panel).
2
When enabled records are not recorded until the DAS_HOLD OFF period is passed after calibration mode. DAS_HOLD OFF SET in
the VARS menu (see Section 6.7).

126 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.1.1. DEFAULT DAS CHANNELS

A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzers software for
logging NO2 concentrations as well as certain predictive diagnostic data. Table
8-2 describes these channels for the software revision shipped with the T500U at
the time of this writing. Figure 8-1 shows the APICOM interface with the default
configuration.
Table 8-2: T500U Default DAS Channels
Channel Description
CONC Samples NO2 concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average
every hour with a time and date stamp. Readings during calibration and
calibration hold off are not included in the data.
By default, the last 800 hourly averages are stored.
PNUMTC Collects sample flow and sample pressure data at five minute intervals and
stores an average once a day with a time and date stamp. This data is useful
for monitoring the condition of the pump, the flow control (sample flow)
and the sample filter (clogging indicated by a drop in sample pressure) over
time to predict when maintenance will be required.
By default, the last 360 daily averages (about 1 year) are stored.
CALDAT Logs new slope and offset of NO2 measurements every time a zero or span
calibration is performed and the result changes the value of the slope
(triggering event: SLPCHG). The NO2 stability (to evaluate if the
calibration value was stable) is also stored.
This data channel will store data from the last 200 calibrations and can be
used to document analyzer calibration and is useful for detect trends in
slope and offset (instrument response) when performing predictive
diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule (Section 11.1).
The CALDAT channel collects data based on events (e.g. a calibration
operation) rather than a timed interval and therefore does not represent any
specific length of time. As with all data channels, a date and time stamp is
recorded for every logged data point.
DIAG Daily averages of temperature zones, flow and pressure data as well
as some other diagnostic parameters.
This data is useful for predictive diagnostics and maintenance of the
T500U.
HIRES Records one-minute, instantaneous data of all active parameters in
the T500U. Short-term trends as well as signal noise levels can be
detected and documented.
The last 1500 data points are stored. Readings during calibration and
the calibration hold off period are included in the averages.

07834D DCN6998 127

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Figure 8-1: Example Default DAS Configuration in APICOM Interface

These default data channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized
(Section 8.1.3) from the front panel to fit a specific application. They can also be
deleted to make room for custom user-programmed Data Channels.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports
will replace the existing configuration and will delete all stored data.
Back up any existing data and the DAS configuration before
uploading new settings.

8.1.1.2. DAS CONFIGURATION LIMITS

The number of DAS objects is limited by the instruments finite storage capacity.
For information regarding the maximum number of channels, parameters, and
records and how to calculate the file size for each data channel, refer to the
APICOM DAS manual.

128 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.2. VIEWING DAS DATA AND SETTINGS

DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following
menu sequence.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NOX= XXXX

NO2= XXXX
DAS VIEW Touchscreen Functions
<TST TST> CAL SETUP
Button FUNCTION
PV10 Moves the VIEW backward 10 record
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU
PREV Moves the VIEW backward 1 records or channel
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
NEXT Moves the VIEW forward 1 record or channel

NX10 Moves the VIEW forward 10 records

SETUP X.X DATA ACQUISITION
<PRM Selects the previous parameter on the list
VIEW EDIT EXIT
PRM> Selects the next parameter on the list
Buttons only appear when applicable.
SETUP X.X CONC: DATA AVAILABLE

NEXT VIEW EXIT

SETUP X.X 101:21:00 CONC1=59.0346 PPB

PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM> EXIT

SETUP X.X CALDAT: DATA AVAILABLE

NEXT VIEW EXIT

SETUP X.X 101:19:45 ZSCONC1=401.0346

PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM> EXIT

SETUP X.X 102:04:55 ZSCONC1=400.9868 SETUP X.X 101:19:45 SLP1=0.9987 PPB

PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM> EXIT PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT <PRM PRM> EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT to view remaining

DAS channels

07834D DCN6998 129

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

8.1.3. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNELS

DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote
control program. The following list of button strokes shows how to edit using the
front panel.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

Main DAS Menu

SETUP X.X DATA ACQUISITION DAS EDIT Touchscreen Button Functions
VIEW EDIT EXIT Button FUNCTION
PREV Selects the previous data channel in the list

NEXT Selects the next data channel in the list

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818
Inserts a new data channel into the list BEFORE the
8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
INS selected channel
DEL Deletes the currently selected data channel

EDIT Channel Menu EDIT Enters EDIT mode

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 1, 800 Exports the configuration of all data channels to the
PRINT RS-232 interface
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Buttons only appear when applicable.

Enters EDIT mode for the selected channel

When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters.
For example, the display line:
0) CONC: ATIMER, 1, 800
Translates to the following configuration:
Channel No.: 0
NAME: CONC
TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: Five parameters are included in this channel
EVENT: This channel is set up to store 800 records.

130 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.3.1. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNEL NAMES

To edit the name of a DAS data channel, follow the instruction shown in Section
8.1.3 then press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC

C O N C ENTR EXIT
EXIT discards the new
setting.

ENTR accepts the

new setting.

Press each button repeatedly to

cycle through the available
character set:
0-9, A-Z, space ~ ! # $ % ^ &
* ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?

07834D DCN6998 131

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

8.1.3.2. EDITING DAS TRIGGERING EVENTS

Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any
given data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific; they are listed
Appendix A of this manual. The most commonly used triggering events are:
ATIMER: Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer. Most
trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals, which can be
instantaneous or averaged.
EXITZR, EXITSP, and SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change):
Sampling at the end of (irregularly occurring) calibrations or when the
response slope changes. These triggering events create instantaneous data
points, e.g., for the new slope and offset (concentration response) values at
the end of a calibration. Zero and slope values are useful for monitoring
response drift and documenting when the instrument was calibrated.
WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning
messages appears such as WSAMPPRESS (sample pressure warning).
This is helpful for troubleshooting by monitoring when a particular warning
occurred.

Note A list of DAS Trigger Events can be found in Appendix A of this

manual.

8.1.3.3. EDITING DAS PARAMETERS

Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the DAS.
For each Teledyne API's analyzer model, the list of available data parameters is
different, fully defined and not customizable. Appendix A-5 lists firmware
specific data parameters for the T500U. DAS parameters include data such as
NO2 concentration measurements, temperatures of the various heaters placed
around the analyzer, and pressure of the pneumatic subsystem and other
diagnostic measurements, as well as calibration data such as stability, slope and
offset.
Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppb, Mm-
1, etc., although some parameters have no units (e.g. SLOPE). With the
exception of concentration readings, none of these units of measure can be
changed. To change the units of measure for concentration readings, see Section
6.3.3.4.

Note DAS does not keep track of the units (i.e., PPM or PPB) of each
concentration value. Therefore, DAS data files may contain
concentration data recorded in more than one type of unit if the units
of measure were changed during data acquisition

132 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are
recorded which are listed in Table 8-3:

Table 8-3: DAS Data Parameter Functions

FUNCTION EFFECT
PARAMETER Instrument specific parameter name.
SAMPLE MODE INST: Records instantaneous reading.
AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.
SDEV: Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting interval.
MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
PRECISION 0 to 4: Sets the number of digits to the right decimal point for each record.
Example: Setting 4; 399.9865 PPB
Setting 0; 400 PPB
STORE NUM. OFF: Stores only the average (default).
SAMPLES ON: Stores the average and the number of samples in used to compute the value of the
parameter. This property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the
number of samples is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified
only for one of the parameters in that channel.

Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting
other data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during
adding, deleting or editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be
lost, because the DAS can store only data of one format (number of parameter
columns etc.) for any given channel. In addition, a DAS configuration can only
be uploaded remotely as an entire set of channels. Hence, remote update of the
DAS will always delete all current channels and stored data.

07834D DCN6998 133

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in Section

8.1.3 then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU
DAS EDIT Touchscreen Functions

SETUP X.X 0) CONC:ATIMER,1,800 Button FUNCTION

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT PREV Selects the previous data channel or parameter

NEXT Selects the next data channel or parameter

<SET Selects the previous property to be edited

SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
SET> Selects the next property to be edited
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
Inserts a new data channel or parameter into the list
INS BEFORE the selected channel
Deletes the currently selected data channel or
DEL parameter
Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...
EDIT Enters EDIT mode
Exports the configuration of all data channels to the
PRINT RS-232 interface
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS:5 Buttons only appear when applicable

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)?

YES deletes all data NO retains the
YES NO
currently stored for data and
this data channel and returns to the
continues into EDIT previous
mode. menu.
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=CONC1, MODE=AVG

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT EXIT discards the new
setting.

Toggle these ENTR accepts the

buttons to select a new setting.
different parameter.
SETUP X.X PARAMETER:CONC1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X PARAMETER:CONC1

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons to
cycle through the list of
available parameters.
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE:AVG

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE:AVG

Pressing <SET INST AVG SDEV MIN MAX ENTR EXIT

returns to the Press the desired
previous Function. MODE button.
SETUP X.X PRECISION:1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X PRECISION:1

1 ENTR EXIT
Toggle this button to
set from 1 to 4.

SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES:OFF

<SET EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STOR NUM SAMPLE:OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

Toggle this button to
turn ON/OFF.

Note When the STOR NUM. SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument
will store the number of measurements that were used to compute
the AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX value but not the actual measurements
themselves.

134 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.3.4. EDITING SAMPLE PERIOD AND REPORT PERIOD

The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken
and permanently recorded: Sample Period and Report Period.
SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a
sample reading of the parameter in volatile memory (default is one minute),
and generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front panel menu,
but is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM or
the analyzers standard serial data protocol. SAMPLE PERIOD is only used
when the DAS parameters sample mode is set for AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile
memory are processed, (e.g., average, minimum or maximum are calculated)
and the results stored permanently in the instruments Disk-on-Module (DOM)
as well as transmitted via the analyzers communication ports. The Report
Period may be set from the front panel. If the INST sample mode is selected,
the instrument stores and reports an instantaneous reading of the selected
parameter at the end of the chosen report period.

Note In AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX sample modes (see Section 8.1.3.3), the
settings for the Sample Period and the Report Period determine the
number of data points used each time the parameters are calculated,
stored and reported to the COM ports.

The actual sample readings are not stored past the end of the chosen
report period.

When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on, the instrument
will store the number of measurements that were used to compute
the AVG, SDEV, MIN or MAX value but not the actual measurements
themselves.

07834D DCN6998 135

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To define the REPORT PERIOD, follow the instruction shown in Section 8.1.3
then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

Use the PREV and PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
edited.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

SETUP X.X REPORT PERIOD:000:01:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X REPORT PERIOD DAYS:0

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these buttons to
set the days between
reports (0 366).
SETUP X.X REPORT PERIOD TIME:01:00

0 1 :0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
Press buttons to set amount of
time between reports, in hours ENTR accepts the
(HH) and/or minutes (MM) new setting.
(max: 23:59). 01:00 sets a
report to be made every hour.

The SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to

the beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.
If SAMPLE PERIOD is set for one minute the first reading would occur at the
beginning of the next full minute according to the instruments internal clock.
If the REPORT PERIOD is set for of one hour, the first report activity would
occur at the beginning of the next full hour according to the instruments
internal clock.

EXAMPLE:
Given the above settings, if DAS parameters are activated at 7:57:35 the first
sample would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00
consisting of data points for 7:58, 7:59 and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00), the instrument will take a sample
reading every minute and include 60 sample readings.

136 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.3.5. REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS POWERED OFF

If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the
samples accumulated during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned
back on, the DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily stores them in volatile
memory as part of the REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart.
At the end of this REPORT PERIOD, only the sample readings taken since the
instrument was turned back on will be included in any AVG, SDEV, MIN or
MAX calculation.
The STORE NUM SAMPLES feature will also report the number of sample
readings taken since the instrument was restarted.

8.1.3.6. EDITING THE NUMBER OF RECORDS

The number of data records in the DAS is limited by its configuration. Every
additional data channel, parameter, number of samples setting etc. will reduce the
maximum amount of data points. In general, however, the maximum data
capacity is divided among all channels (max: 20) and parameters (max: 50 per
channel).
The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from
specifying too many records at any given point. (The ENTR button will
disappear when trying to specify more records than space allows). This check for
memory space may also make an upload of a DAS configuration with APICOM
or a terminal program fail, if the combined number of records would be exceeded.
In this case, it is suggested to either try to determine what the maximum number
of records available is using the front panel interface or use trial-and-error in
designing the DAS script or calculate the number of records using the DAS or
APICOM manuals.

07834D DCN6998 137

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To set the NUMBER OF RECORDS, follow the instruction shown in Section

8.1.3 then press:
Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

Use the PREV and PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
NEXT buttons to scroll
to the DATA
CHANNEL to be SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
edited.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X NUMBER OF RECORDS:800

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)?

NO retains the
YES deletes all data YES NO
data and
currently stored for returns to the
this data channel and previous
continues into EDIT menu.
mode. SETUP X.X NUMBER OF RECORDS:200

0 0 0 2 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
Toggle these buttons to
set the Number of
ENTR accepts the
Records to be recorded
new setting.
(0 100,000)

138 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.3.7. RS-232 REPORT FUNCTION

The DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where they
can be captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user
using the APICOM software.
To enable automatic COM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in
Section 8.1.3 then press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

Use the PREV and PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
edited.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X RS-232 REPORT: OFF

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X RS-232 REPORT: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
Toggle these buttons
to turn the RS-232
ENTR accepts the
REPORT feature
new setting.
ON/OFF.

07834D DCN6998 139

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

8.1.3.8. HOLDOFF FEATURE

The DAS HOLDOFF feature prevents data collection during calibration
operations.
To enable or disable the HOLDOFF, follow the instruction shown in Section
8.1.3 then press:

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

Use the PREV and PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
edited.
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X CAL.HOLD OFF: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
Toggle these buttons
to turn the HOLDOFF ENTR accepts the
feature ON/OFF. new setting.

HOLDOFF also prevents DAS measurements from being made at certain times
when the quality of the analyzers NO2 measurements may be suspect (e.g. while
the instrument is warming up). In this case, the length of time that the
HOLDOFF feature is active is determined by the value of the internal variable
(VARS), DAS_HOLDOFF.
To set the length of the DAS_HOLDOFF period, go to the
SETUP>MORE>VARS menu and at the DAS_HOLDOFF parameter (see Table
6-2), press the Edit button.

140 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

8.1.3.9. THE COMPACT REPORT FEATURE

When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports.
Instead of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five
parameters are reported in one line.
The COMPACT DATA REPORT generally cannot be accessed from the
standard DAS front panel menu, but is available via the instruments
communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzers standard serial data
protocol.

8.1.3.10. THE STARTING DATE FEATURE

This option allows the user to specify a starting date for any given channel when
the user wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the
STARTING DATE is in the past (the default condition), the DAS ignores this
setting and begins recording data as defined by the REPORT PERIOD setting.
The STARTING DATE generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS
front panel menu, but is available via the instruments communication ports by
using APICOM or the analyzers standard serial data protocol.

8.1.3.11. DISABLING/ENABLING DATA CHANNELS

Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear
on the Disk-on-Module (DOM).
To disable a data channel, go to the DAS>EDIT menu as shown in Section 8.1.3
then continue as follows:

07834D DCN6998 141

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU

SETUP X.X 0) CONC: ATIMER 5, 800

Use the PREV and PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
NEXT buttons to
scroll to the DATA
CHANNEL to be SETUP X.X NAME: CONC
edited.
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X CHANNEL ENABLE:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X CHANNEL ENABLE:ON

ON ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting.
Toggle these buttons
to enable or disable ENTR accepts the
the CHANNEL. new setting.

8.2. REMOTE DAS CONFIGURATION

The DAS can be configured and operated remotely via either the APICOM
interface or a terminal emulation program. Once a DAS configuration is edited
(which can be done offline and without interrupting DAS data collection), it is
conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on a computer for later
review, alteration or documentation and archival.

8.2.1. DAS CONFIGURATION VIA APICOM

Refer to the APICOM DAS user manual (Teledyne APIs P/N 07463) for
configuring DAS through the APICOM interface. (Download the APICOM
software from our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/).

8.2.2. DAS CONFIGURATION VIA TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAMS

Although Teledyne API recommends the use of APICOM, the DAS can also be
accessed and configured through a terminal emulation program such as
HyperTerminal (see Figure 8-2 for example). It is best to start by downloading the
default DAS configuration, getting familiar with its command structure and
syntax conventions, and then altering a copy of the original file offline before
uploading the new configuration.

142 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM

Figure 8-2: DAS Configuration through a Terminal Emulation Program

See Section 9.2.1 for configuration commands and their strict syntax. Commands
can be pasted in from of an existing text file, which was first edited offline and
then uploaded through a specific transfer procedure.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Back up data and the original DAS configuration before editing the DAS.
Although it is possible to edit DAS parameters of one channel through the
front-panel without affecting other channels, uploading a DAS configuration
script to the analyzer through its communication ports will erase all data,
parameters and channels and replace them with the new DAS configuration.

07834D DCN6998 143

Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

144 07834D DCN6998

9. REMOTE OPERATION
This section provides information needed when using external digital and serial
I/O for remote operation. It assumes that the electrical connections have been
made as described in Section 3.3.1.8.
The T500U can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data
through the serial ports, via either Computer mode (using a personal computer)
or Interactive mode (using a terminal emulation program).

9.1. COMPUTER MODE

Computer Mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a
dedicated interface program such as APICOM, downloadable from our website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.

9.2. INTERACTIVE MODE

Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs or a dumb
computer terminal.

9.2.1. REMOTE CONTROL VIA A TERMINAL EMULATION PROGRAM

Start a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal. All configuration
commands must be created following a strict syntax or be pasted in from a text
file, which was edited offline and then uploaded through a specific transfer
procedure. The commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this mode are
listed in Table 9-1 and in Appendix A.

07834D DCN6998 145

Remote Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

9.2.1.1. HELP COMMANDS IN INTERACTIVE MODE

Table 9-1: Terminal Mode Software Commands

COMMAND Function
Control-T Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the
interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no edit).
CR (carriage return) A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the terminal/computer.
The command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done. On
personal computers, this is achieved by pressing the ENTER button.
BS (backspace) Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.
ESC (escape) Erases the entire command line.
?[ID] CR This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of
their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used. The ID
number of the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-drop setup.
Control-C Pauses the listing of commands.
Control-P Restarts the listing of commands.

9.2.1.2. COMMAND SYNTAX

Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, key words, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where:
X is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.
Allowed designators are listed in Table 9-2 and Appendix A, Terminal
Command Designators.
[ID] is the machine identification number (Section 6.6.1). Example: the
Command ? 200 followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in
the instrument assigned ID Number 500.
COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command
being issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands
may have additional arguments that define how the command is to
be executed. Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of
available command designators
<CR> is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage
return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a
computer).
Table 9-2: Teledyne API's Serial I/O Command Types
COMMAND COMMAND TYPE
C Calibration
D Diagnostic
L Logon
T Test measurement
V Variable
W Warning

146 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Remote Operation

9.2.1.3. DATA TYPES

Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers,
Boolean expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a
filter length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one
or more digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They
consist of the two characters 0x, followed by one or more hexadecimal digits
(0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the C programming language convention. No plus or
minus sign is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid
hexadecimal integers.
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as
temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They consist
of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an optional
decimal point and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must appear before or
after the decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted. For example, +1.0,
1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that
may assume only two values. They are denoted by the key words ON and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other
data types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers.
They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable characters,
including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final quotation mark. For
example, a, 1, 123abc, and ()[]<> are all valid text strings. It is not
possible to include a quotation mark character within a text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items. When
using these commands, you must type the entire name of the item; you cannot
abbreviate any names.

9.2.1.4. STATUS REPORTING

Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for
the RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for
controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You
can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode
(Section 7.2.1, Table 7-1).
Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status
messages. Refer to Appendix A-3, Warnings and Test Measurements, for a list of
the possible messages, and this for information on controlling the instrument
through the RS-232 interface.

07834D DCN6998 147

Remote Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

9.2.1.5. GENERAL MESSAGE FORMAT

All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>

Where:
X is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table 9-2.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was
issued. It consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1
to 366, the hour of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and
the minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID] is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, variable values, etc.
<CRLF> is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the
message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to
parse them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does
not give any information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to
log such messages for troubleshooting and reference purposes. Terminal
emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text
files for later review.

9.3. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM

The T500U can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a
cable between the analyzers COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to
DB-25M cable (available from Teledyne API with P/N WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to ensure that:
The DTE-DCE is in the DCE position.
The T500U COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the
modem,
The Modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop
bit.
The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see
Section 7.2.1).

Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can
be entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this feature is:
AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0

This string can be edited to match your modems initialization and can be up to
100 characters long.

148 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Remote Operation

To edit this setting press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX
Concentration field
<TST TST> CAL SETUP displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

SETUP X.X COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0
ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y0 D0 H0 I0 S0=0

<CH CH> INS DEL [A] ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the
The <CH and CH> new setting.
buttons move the
cursor left and right ENTR accepts the
along the text string. new setting.

The INS and CH> Toggle this button to cycle through

button inserts a new DEL deletes the available character set:
character before the character at
the cursor Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower
cursor position. Case);
position.
Special Characters: space ~ ! # $
% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?
Numerals: 0-9

07834D DCN6998 149

Remote Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

To initialize the modem press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all gases.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG AREF EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1: INITIALIZE MODEM

<SET SET> INIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X INITIALIZING MODE

Test runs
automatically.
SETUP X.X MODEM INITIALIZED

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

If there is a problem initializing the

modem the message,
MODEM NOT INITIALIZED
will appear.

150 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Remote Operation

9.4. PASSWORD SECURITY FOR SERIAL REMOTE

COMMUNICATIONS
In order to provide security for remote access of the T500U, a LOGON feature
can be enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept
commands. This is done by turning on the SECURITY MODE (refer to Section
6.4). Once the SECURITY MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also
be achieved with the LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is
used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help
screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully

To log on to the T500U analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331

940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS-232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS-232_PASS=NNNNNN

Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.

07834D DCN6998 151

Remote Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

152 07834D DCN6998

10. CALIBRATION
Calibration of the T500U Analyzer requires:
Zero-air source
Span gas source
Teflon-type for all gas line materials
A recording device such as a strip-chart recorder and/or data logger (optional)
Exiting the calibration mode to sample mode, following a successful CALZ or
CALS. The Auto Reference feature (Section 6.9) is disabled while in
calibration mode.
For electronic documentation, the internal data acquisition system (DAS) can be
used (Section 8).
This section discusses calibration gases, provides the basic method for manually
checking the calibration, and for manually performing actual calibration of the
T500U analyzer.

10.1. CALIBRATION GASES

Zero air or zero calibration gas is defined as a gas that is similar in chemical
composition to the measured medium but without the gas to be measured by the
analyzer. A zero air generator such as the Teledyne API's Model 701 can be used.
Please visit the company website for more information.
Span calibration gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of
the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range.
Alternatively, if a calibrator is available that is a trusted source of stable ozone,
e.g., Teledyne API Model T700U with certified photometer, it is possible to use
that O3 output directly to obtain the NO2 concentration.

10.1.1. SPAN GAS FOR MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION

Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration
where span gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using
an NO2 gas of higher concentration combined with a gas dilution calibrator such as
a Teledyne API's Model T700. For more information see Section 3.3.2.1 and
Section 12.

10.1.2. NO2 PERMEATION TUBES

Teledyne API offers an optional internal span gas generator that utilizes an NO2
permeation tube as a span gas source. The accuracy of these devices is only
about 5%.
Whereas this may be sufficient for quick, daily calibration checks, we
recommend using certified NO2 gases for accurate calibration.

07834D DCN6998 153

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

CAUTION!

Insufficient gas flow allows gas to build up to levels that will contaminate
the instrument or present a safety hazard to personnel.
In units with a permeation tube option installed, either the tube must be
removed and stored in sealed container (use original container that tube
was shipped in) during periods of non-operation, or vacuum pump must
be connected and powered on to maintain constant gas flow though the
analyzer at all times.
(See Figure 3-4 for location and Section 11.3.2 for instructions on how to remove the
perm tube when the unit is not in operation).

10.2. DATA RECORDING DEVICES

A strip chart recorder, data acquisition system or digital data acquisition system
should be used to record data from the serial or analog outputs of the T500U.
If analog readings are used, the response of the recording system should be
checked against a NIST traceable voltage source or meter.
Data recording devices should be capable of bi-polar operation so that
negative readings can be recorded.

For electronic data recording, the T500U provides an internal data acquisition
system (DAS), which is described in detail in Section 8.
APICOM, a remote control program, is also provided as a convenient and
powerful tool for data handling, download, storage, quick check and plotting (see
Sections 8.2.1, and the APICOM software manual downloadable from:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals ).

10.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION

OF THE T500U IN ITS BASE CONFIGURATION

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION CHECKS VS. ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION

NEVER press the ENTR button if you are only checking calibration.
Pressing the ENTR button during the following procedure resets the
stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instruments
Calibration. This should ONLY BE DONE during an actual calibration
of the T500U.

154 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.3.1. SETUP FOR BASIC CALIBRATION CHECKS AND

CALIBRATION
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown below in one of the
following ways:

Source of
VENT here if input
SAMPLE GAS
is pressurized Removed during
calibration

MODEL T700
Calibrated NO2

at HIGH Span
Concentration

Gas Dilution
Enclosure Wall

Calibrator

SAMPLE
MODEL 701
EXHAUST
Zero Gas
Generator Chassis
Vent here if output of calibrator
is not already vented.

Figure 10-1: Set up for Manual Calibrations/Checks in Base Configuration w/Gas Dilution
Calibrator

07834D DCN6998 155

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.3.2. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Concentration field
displays all of the
available gas Toggle TST> button until ...
measurements
throughout this
procedure.
SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPM NO2=XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

Allow ZERO GAS to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.1 ppb.
This may take several
minutes.
Record the zero point reading
DO NOT press the ENTR button

Allow SPAN GAS to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB The ZERO and/or SPAN
falls below 0.5 ppb. buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
This may take several
minutes. It is not necessary to press
them.
Record the span point reading
DO NOT press the ENTR button

NOTE:
In certain instances where low Span
gas concentrations are present ( 50
ppb), both the ZERO & SPAN buttons
may appear simultaneously.

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement
made is outside the allowable range for a reliable calibration.

156 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.3.3. PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION

The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the
T500U analyzer.
If the analyzers reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will
appear for selecting which range is to be calibrated (Range 1 or Range 2, user-
defined in the SETUP>RNGE>MODE>DUAL menu, Section 6.3.3.2). Each of
these two ranges MUST be calibrated separately.

10.3.3.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION

The span gas concentration should be 80% of range of concentration values likely
to be encountered in your application. The default factory reporting range setting
is 500 ppb and the default span gas concentration is 400.0 ppb.
To set the span gas concentration, press:

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

TEST CAL SETUP

SAMPLE RANGE TO CAL:LOW

Only appears if the AUTO LOW HIGH ENTR EXIT
range mode is selected.
Use these buttons to select
the appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for M-P CAL RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX
each range. TEST SPAN CONC EXIT

M-P CAL NO2 SPAN CONC:400.0 Conc

EXIT ignores the new
0 0 4 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT setting and returns to
The span concentration value the previous display.
automatically defaults to
400.0 PPB.
toggle these buttons to change the ENTR accepts the new
concentration of the setting and returns to the
calibration gas.
CONCENTRATION MENU.

07834D DCN6998 157

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.3.3.2. ZERO/SPAN POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

Toggle TST> button until ...

SAMPLE STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

Allow zero gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.1 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

Press ENTR to change

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX the OFFSET value based
on the zero point
<TST TST> ZERO CONC EXIT
measurement.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX return to the previous
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT menu.

Allow span gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span. Press ENTR to change
You may see both buttons. M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX the SLOPE value based
If either the ZERO or SPAN on the span point
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT
buttons fail to appear refer to measurement.
the Troubleshooting section Press EXIT to leave the
of this manual. calibration unchanged and
M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX return to the previous
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT menu.

M-P CAL STABIL=XXXX PPB NO2= XXXX

EXIT at this point
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT returns to the
SAMPLE menu.

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement is
outside the allowable range for a reliable calibration.

158 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.4. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL SPAN

GAS GENERATOR

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

The internal span gas generators NO2 permeation tube has a limited
accuracy of about 5%. It can be used to calibrate the analyzer.
However, TAPI recommends using the permeation device for
informal calibration checks (Section 10.4.3)

10.4.1. PERFORMING PRECISION MANUAL CALIBRATION FOR

INTERNAL SPAN GAS (IZS) GENERATOR OPTION
It is necessary to perform a precision calibration using more accurate zero and
span gas standards prior to IZS span calibration or cal check.
To perform a precision calibration of the T500U, connect external sources of zero
air and calibrated span gas (Section 10.1) and temporarily disconnect the sample
gas source as shown below; then follow the procedures described in Section
10.3.3.

Source of
VENT here if input
SAMPLE GAS
is pressurized Removed during
CAL calibration

MODEL 700E
Gas Dilution
Calibrated NO2

Concentration
at HIGH Span
Enclosure Wall

Calibrator

SAMPLE

MODEL 701 EXHAUST

Zero Gas
Generator Filter ZERO AIR Chassis

Vent here if output of calibrator

External Zero
is not already vented. FROM DRYER
PUMP Air Scrubber

Figure 10-2: Pneumatic Connections for T500U Precision Calibration when IZS Generator Present

IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

IMPORTANT DO NOT USE THE CALZ or CALS buttons even though they will be
visible, as this will cause the instrument to use the internal zero air
and span gas.
Instead, press the CAL button. This will cause the analyzer to use
the external calibration gas sources.

07834D DCN6998 159

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.4.2. SETUP FOR CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL SPAN GAS

GENERATOR
Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Figure 10-3.
Source of
VENT here if input SAMPLE GAS
(reconnected after
is pressurized precision cal
performed)
Enclosure Wall

SAMPLE

EXHAUST
PUMP
Filter ZERO AIR Chassis

External Zero
FROM DRYER
Air Scrubber

Figure 10-3: Pneumatic Connections for Manual Calibration/Checks with the Internal Span Gas
Generator

160 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.4.3. PERFORMING A MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK WITH THE

INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

Set the Display to show
<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP the NO2 STB test
function.
This function calculates
the stability of the NO/NOx
Toggle TST> button until ... measurement.

SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

ZERO GAS enters the analyzer via the

External Scrubber.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
Record NO2 zero point reading.
DO NOT press the ENTR button

Turn ON the CAL_ON_NO2 feature

SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

SPAN GAS enters the reaction cell from the

internal NO2 permeation tube.
Wait until NO2 STB The ZERO and/or SPAN
falls below 0.5 PPB. buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
This may take several
minutes. It is not necessary to press
them.
Record NO2 span point reading.
DO NOT press the ENTR button.

Turn OFF the CAL_ON_NO2 feature

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement
made is out of the allowable range for a reliable calibration. See
Section 13.4.4 for troubleshooting tips.

07834D DCN6998 161

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.4.4. PERFORMING A MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH THE INTERNAL

SPAN GAS GENERATOR
If the analyzers reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will
appear for selecting which range is to be calibrated (LOW or HIGH, user-
selected in the SETUP>RNGE>MODE>DUAL menu, Section 6.3.3.2). Each of
these two ranges MUST be calibrated separately.

10.4.4.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION

When calibrating the instrument using the internal permeation tube as a span gas
source, it is necessary to know, as close as possible, the concentration value of the
gas being outputted by the tube. To determine this value:
1. Perform a precision calibration of the instrument as described in Section
10.4.1.
2. Perform a calibration check as described in Section 10.4.3.
Record the value displayed for NO2 during the span check portion of the
procedure.
This will be the concentration value used in subsequent calibrations
using the internal span gas source.
It is a good idea to measure the permeation tube output once every 4 to
6 months.

3. Ensure that the reporting range span point is set for a value at least 10%
higher than the measured value of the permeation tube output.

162 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.4.5. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH VALVE OPTIONS

INSTALLED

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

Toggle TST> button until ...

SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

Wait until NO2 STB

falls below 0.1 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
Record the NO2 zero point reading
DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR KEY

SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

Wait until NO2 STB The ZERO and/or SPAN

falls below 0.5 PPB. buttons will appear at various
points of this process.
This may take several
minutes. It is not necessary to press
them.
Record the NO2 span point readings
DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR button

07834D DCN6998 163

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.4.6. MANUAL CALIBRATION USING VALVE OPTIONS

The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the
T500U analyzer.
If the analyzers reporting range is set for the AUTO range mode, a step will
appear for selecting which range is to be calibrated (LOW or HIGH). Each of
these two ranges MUST be calibrated separately.

10.4.6.1. SETTING THE EXPECTED SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION

The NO2 span gas concentration should be 80% of range of the concentration
value likely to be encountered in your application. The default factory reporting
range setting is 500 ppb and the default span gas concentration is 400.0 ppb.
To set the span gas concentration, press:
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SAMPLE RANGE TO CAL:LOW

Only appears if the AUTO LOW HIGH ENTR EXIT
range mode is selected.
Use these buttons to select
the appropriate range.
Repeat entire procedure for M-P CAL RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX
each range.
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT

M-P CAL CONCENTRATION MENU

NO2 CONV EXIT

M-P CAL NO2 SPAN CONC:80.0 Conc

EXIT ignores the new
The NO2 span concentration value 0 4 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT setting and returns to
automatically defaults to the previous display.
400.0 PPB.
If this is not the the concentration of
the span gas being used, toggle ENTR accepts the new
these buttons to set the correct setting and returns to the
concentration of the CONCENTRATION
calibration gas. MENU.

164 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.4.6.2. ZERO/SPAN POINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR VALVE OPTIONS

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

Toggle TST> button until ...

SAMPLE NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL SETUP

Allow zero gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.1 PPB.
This may take
several minutes.
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

SAMPLE RANGE TO CAL:LOW

Only appears if the AUTO LOW HIGH ENTR EXIT

range mode is selected.
Press to select the
appropriate range.
Press ENTR to change
Repeat entire procedure for M-P CAL NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=XXX.X the OFFSET value.
each range.
<TST TST> ZERO CONC EXIT Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX

<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT

Allow span gas to enter the sample port

at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until NO2 STB
falls below 0.5 PPB.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL CALZ CALS SETUP

SAMPLE RANGE TO CAL:LOW

Only appears if the AUTO LOW HIGH ENTR EXIT

range mode is selected.
Press to select the
appropriate range. Press ENTR to changes
Repeat entire procedure for M-P CAL NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX the SLOPE value for both.
each range. <TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC EXIT Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition <TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT
from zero to span.
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN M-P CAL NO2 STB= XXX.X PPB NO2=X.XXX
EXIT at this point
buttons fail to appear see
<TST TST> ENTR CONC EXIT returns to the
Section 11 for
SAMPLE menu.
troubleshooting tips.

Note If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed, the measurement
made during is out of the range allowed for a reliable calibration.

07834D DCN6998 165

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.4.6.3. USE OF ZERO/SPAN VALVE WITH REMOTE CONTACT CLOSURE

Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on
the rear panel CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these
contacts are in Section 3.3.1.6.
When the contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds, the instrument switches into
zero, low span or high span mode and the internal zero/span valves will be
automatically switched to the appropriate configuration.
The remote calibration contact closures may be activated in any order.
It is recommended that contact closures remain closed for at least 10
minutes to establish a reliable reading.
The instrument will stay in the selected mode for as long as the contacts
remain closed.

Contact Closures and AutoCals CALIBRATE Enabled

If contact closures are being used in conjunction with the analyzers
AutoCalfeature (Section 10.5) and the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is
enabled, the T500U will not re-calibrate the analyzer UNTIL the contact is
opened. At this point, the new calibration values will be recorded before the
instrument returns to SAMPLE mode.

Contact Closures and AutoCals CALIBRATE Disabled

If the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is disabled, the instrument will return to
SAMPLE mode, leaving the instruments internal calibration variables
unchanged.

10.5. AUTOMATIC ZERO/SPAN CAL/CHECK (AUTOCAL)

The AutoCal system allows unattended periodic operation of the ZERO/SPAN
valve options by using the T500Us internal time of day clock. AutoCal operates
by executing SEQUENCES programmed by the user to initiate the various
calibration modes of the analyzer and open and close valves appropriately. It is
possible to program and run up to three separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and
SEQ3). Each sequence can operate in one of three modes, or be disabled.

Table 10-1: AUTOCAL Modes

MODE NAME ACTION
DISABLED Disables the Sequence.
ZERO Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero calibration/check.
Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero point
ZERO-SPAN calibration/check followed by a Span point
calibration/check.
Causes the Sequence to perform a Span concentration
SPAN
calibration/check only.

166 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

For each mode, there are seven parameters that control operational details of the
SEQUENCE as presented next in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters

ATTRIBUTE ACTION
TIMER
Turns on the Sequence timer.
ENABLED
STARTING DATE Sequence will operate after Starting Date.
STARTING TIME Time of day sequence will run.
Number of days to skip between each Sequence execution.
DELTA DAYS If set to 7, for example, the AutoCal feature will be enabled once
every week on the same day.
Number of hours later each Delta Days Sequence is to be run.
If set to 0, the sequence will start at the same time each day. Delta
DELTA TIME Time is added to Delta Days for the total time between cycles.
This parameter prevents the analyzer from being calibrated at the
same daytime of each calibration day and prevents a lack of data for
one particular daytime on the days of calibration
Number of minutes the sequence operates.
This parameter needs to be set such that there is enough time for the
concentration signal to stabilize.
DURATION
The STB parameter shows if the analyzer response is stable at the
end of the calibration.
This parameter is logged with calibration values in the DAS.
CALIBRATE Enable to do a calibration Disable to do a cal check only.
RANGE TO CAL LOW calibrates the low range, HIGH calibrates the high range.

07834D DCN6998 167

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

The following example sets sequence #2 to do a zero-span calibration every other

day starting at 2:15PM on July 31, 2013, lasting 15 minutes, without calibration.
This will start hour later each iteration.

Table 10-3: Example AutoCal Sequence

MODE OR
VALUE COMMENT
ATTRIBUTE
SEQUENCE 2 Define Sequence #2
Select Zero and
MODE ZERO-SPAN
Span Mode
TIMER ENABLE ON Enable the timer
Start after
STARTING DATE 31 JUL 2013
July 31, 2013
First Span starts at
STARTING TIME 14:15
2:15PM
Do Sequence #2
DELTA DAYS 2
every other day
Do Sequence #2
DELTA TIME 00:30
-hr later each day
Operate Span valve
DURATION 15.0
for 15 min
Calibrate at end of
CALIBRATE OFF
Sequence

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes
later than the real time clock for setting real time clock (see Section
6.5).
Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day.
Any new sequence that is initiated whether from a timer, the COM
ports or the contact closure inputs will override any sequence that is in
progress.
The CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to OFF on analyzers
with IZS Options installed and functioning.
Calibrations should ONLY be performed using sources of Zero Air and
Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA or NIST standards.

168 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

10.5.1. SETUP > ACAL: PROGRAMMING AND AUTO CAL SEQUENCE

To program the example sequence shown in Table 10-3, press:
SAMPLE RANGE = 500.0 PPB NO2=XXX.X

< TST TST > CAL CALZ CZLS SETUP

SETUP X.X

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQ 1) DISABLED

NEXT MODE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) DISABLED

PREV NEXT MODE EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: DISABLED

NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X MODE: ZEROSPAN

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZEROSPAN, 1:00:00

PREV NEXT MODE SET EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE: ON

SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 31JUL13

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 31JUL13

3 1 JUL 1 3 ENTR EXIT

Toggle buttons to set
Day, Month & Year:

Format : DD-MON-YY
CONTINUE NEXT PAGE
with STARTING TIME

07834D DCN6998 169

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE -

STARTING DATE

SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 31JUL13

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle buttons to set

time: SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:00:00
Format : HH:MM
This is a 24 hr clock . PM 1 4 :1 5 ENTR EXIT
hours are 13 24.
Example 2:15 PM = 14:15

SETUP X.X STARTING TIME:14:15

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS: 1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS: 1

Toggle buttons to set
number of days between
0 0 2 ENTR EXIT
procedures (1-365).

SETUP X.X DELTA DAYS:2

ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELTA TIME00:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle buttons to set SETUP X.X DELTA TIME: 00:00

delay time for each
iteration of the sequence:
HH:MM 0 0 :3 0 ENTR EXIT
(0 24:00)

SETUP X.X DELTA TIME:00:30

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

CONTINUE NEXT PAGE

With DURATION TIME

170 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Calibration

CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE

DELTA TIME

SETUP DURATION:15.0 MINUTES

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle buttons to set SETUP DURATION 15.0MINUTES

duration for each iteration
of the sequence:
Set in Decimal minutes 3 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
from 0.1 60.0.

SETUP DURATION:30.0 MINUTES

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP CALIBRATE: OFF

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP CALIBRATE: OFF

Toggle button
Between Off and ON ENTR EXIT
ON.

SETUP X.X CALIBRATE: ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Display show:
SEQ 2) ZEROSPAN, 2:00:30

SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZEROSPAN, 2:00:30 EXIT returns

Sequence Delta Time
to the SETUP
MODE Delta Days
PREV NEXT MODE SET EXIT Menu.

Note If at any time an unallowable entry is selected (Example: Delta Days

> 367) the ENTR button will disappear from the display.

07834D DCN6998 171

Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

10.6. CALIBRATION QUALITY ANALYSIS

Following calibration, evaluate the analyzers calibration SLOPE and OFFSET
parameters. Their values describe the linear response curve of the analyzer,
indicating the quality of the calibration.
First, record the values of the SLOPE and OFFSET test functions (in SAMPLE
Mode press the <TST TST> buttons, see Section 5.2), all of which are
automatically stored in the DAS channel CALDAT for data analysis,
documentation and archival.
Ensure that these values are within the limits listed in Table 10-4 and frequently
compare them to those values on the Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N
07853) that came attached to your manual, which should not be significantly
different. If they are, refer to Section 13.1.2 in Troubleshooting and Service.

Table 10-4: Calibration Data Quality Evaluation

Function Minimum Value Optimum Value Maximum Value
SLOPE -0.800 1.000 1.200
OFFSET -10 ppb 0.0 ppb 10.0 ppb

172 07834D DCN6998

11. MAINTENANCE
Although the T500U analyzer requires little service, a few simple procedures
should be performed regularly to ensure that the T500U continues to operate
accurately and reliably over its lifetime. In general, the exterior can be wiped
down with a lightly damp cloth; avoid spraying anything directly onto any part of
the analyzer.
Service and troubleshooting are covered in Section 13.

11.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Table 11-1 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the T500U. Please note that
in certain environments (i.e., dusty, very high ambient pollutant levels) some
maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.

WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Disconnect power before performing any of the following operations that require
entry into the interior of the analyzer.

CAUTION QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

These maintenance procedures must be performed by qualified technicians only.

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

A span and zero calibration check (see CAL CHECK REQD Column
of Table 11-1, T500U Maintenance Schedule) must be performed
following some of the maintenance procedures.

To perform a CHECK of the instruments Zero or Span Calibration,

follow the calibration check steps in Section 10.4.

DO NOT press the ENTR button at the end of each operation.

Pressing the ENTR button resets the stored values for OFFSET and
SLOPE and alters the instruments Calibration.

Alternately, use the Auto Cal feature described in Section 10.5 with
the CALIBRATE attribute set to OFF.

07834D DCN6998 173

Maintenance Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Table 11-1: T500U Maintenance Schedule

CAL DATE PERFORMED
ITEM ACTION FREQ CHECK
REQD
TEST Review and Weekly No
functions evaluate
Zero/span Evaluate Weekly No
check offset and
slope
Zero/span Zero and Every 3 months Yes
calibration span
calibration
Sample filter Change Annually (may No
sample filter need more
frequently in a
high dust load
environment)
AREF filter Change both Annually Yes
and charcoal
filter
Spectrometer Contact As necessary Yes
mirrors Technical due to
Support excessive
Measured Loss
Pneumatic Check for Annually or Yes if a
sub-system leaks in gas after repairs leak is
flow paths involving repaired
pneumatics
Internal Replace Measured Flow Yes
Pump less than
800 cm3/min

11.2. PREDICTIVE DIAGNOSTICS

Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into
the analyzers firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary.
The Test Functions can also be used to predict failures by looking at how their
values change over time. Initially it may be useful to compare the state of these
Test Functions to the values recorded on the printed record of the Final Test and
Validation Data Sheet, P/N 07853.
The following table can be used as a basis for taking action as these values change
with time. The internal data acquisition system (DAS) is a convenient way to
record and track these changes.

174 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Maintenance

Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions

FUNCTION EXPECTED ACTUAL INTERPRETATION & ACTION
Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks
Fluctuating
(Section 11.3.5.1).
Developing leak in pneumatic system prior to the sample
Constant within restrictor. Check for leaks. (Section 11.3.5.1)
atmospheric Slowly increasing
SAMP Sample pump requires replacement. (Section 11.3.3)
changes
(pressure) Check flow rate. (Section 11.3.5.2)
(Typically 2 InHg
below ambient) Kink in tubing. Check and adjust tubing.
Slowly decreasing Flow path is clogging up. Run a flow check (Section
11.3.5.2) to determine whether to replace the flow restrictor
or the sample filter.
Developing AREF valve failure. Replace valve.
Constant within Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks.
Significantly
AREF 100Mm-1 of (Section 11.3.5.1)
increasing
check-out value
Debris on mirrors. Replace charcoal scrubber. (Section
11.3.2)
Constant for Slowly decreasing
NO2 Developing leak in pneumatic system. Check for leaks.
constant signal for same
(Concentration) (Section 11.3.5.1)
concentrations concentration

Note It is recommended that the above test functions be checked weekly.

11.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

The following procedures are to be performed periodically as part of the standard
maintenance of the T500U.

11.3.1. REPLACING THE SAMPLE FILTER

The sample filter (see Figure 11-1 and Figure 3-4) should be inspected often for
signs of plugging or contamination. (See procedures for flow check in Section
11.3.5.2).
To change the filter:
1. Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the instrument.

2. Open the T500Us hinged front panel and disconnect the pneumatic fittings,
using the appropriate wrenches, and remove the disposable sample filter.

3. Insert new filter and reconnect pneumatic fittings.

4. Close the front panel.

Note Flow enters filter at bottom and exits at top.

07834D DCN6998 175

Maintenance Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Figure 11-1: Replacing the Sample Filter

11.3.2. REPLACING THE AREF FILTER AND CHARCOAL FILTER

The AREF filter assembly consists of the AREF filter, which is a backup
particulate filter, and the charcoal filter, which is an NO2 gas scrubber (refer to
Figure 3-4 for location and Figure 11-2 for flow diagram).
1. Turn OFF the analyzer (this is important to avoid potential for
contamination of the measurement cell).
2. Remove the top cover of the analyzer.
3. Using snips, remove the zip tie holding the pair of fittings to the mounting
bracket.
4. Using a wrench, disconnect the fitting that is connected to the AREF
filter. Then disconnect the fitting that is connected to the charcoal filter.
This will free up the AREF filter assembly.
5. Remove the AREF filter assembly from the mounting brackets.
6. Remove the fittings that connect the two filters to one another.
7. Install replacement filters and reconnect AREF assembly and fittings in
reverse order.
8. Once complete, replace the instrument cover and perform a pressure
leak check (11.3.5.1) and a sample flow check (11.3.5.2).

Figure 11-2: Pneumatic Layout of AREF Filter and Charcoal Filter

176 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Maintenance

11.3.3. REPLACING THE INTERNAL PUMP

To replace the internal pump (refer to Figure 3-4 and Figure 11-3):
1. Turn OFF the analyzer (this is important to avoid potential for contamination
of the measurement cell).
2. Remove the top cover of the analyzer.
3. Locate the vacuum pump and using snips, remove the zip ties that secure
the four hoses that connect to the pump (two on each side)
(*NOTE: it may be a good idea to mark the tubes with color codes to be sure they
are reconnected properly)
4. Remove the four tubes from the hose barb connections on the pump.
5. Remove the four screws that hold the pump/bracket assembly to the bottom
of the chassis.
6. Disconnect the power connector labeled pump located about 4 inches
down the black/red cable coming from the top of the pump.
7. Pull pump assembly out and set aside.
8. Install replacement pump/bracket assembly
9. Be sure to reconnect tubes in the proper orientation and zip tie to secure
10. Replace screws for the pump mounting bracket into the bottom of the
chassis.
11. Connect the power connector.
12. Once complete, replace the instrument cover and perform a system leak
check procedure using Section 2.4 and 2.5 of this SOP.
13. Use caution when fastening the new pump into position to ensure that no
wires or pneumatic tubes get pinched under the pump mounting bracket.

Figure 11-3: Internal Pump

11.3.4. CHANGING THE INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR

PERMEATION TUBE
1. Turn off the analyzer, unplug the power cord and remove the cover.
2. Locate the permeation tube oven next to the sample cell.
3. Remove the top layer of insulation if necessary.
4. Unscrew the black aluminum cover of the oven (3 screws) using a
medium Phillips-head screw driver. (Leave the fittings and tubing
connected to the cover).

07834D DCN6998 177

Maintenance Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

5. Remove the old permeation tube and replace it with the new tube.
(Ensure that the tube is placed into the larger of two holes and that the
open permeation end of the tube (plastic) is facing up).
6. Re-attach the cover with three screws (Ensure that the three screws are
tightened evenly).
7. Replace the analyzer cover, plug the power cord back in and turn on the
analyzer.
8. Carry out a span check to see if the new permeation device works
properly (see Section 10.3.2).
9. The permeation rate may need several days to stabilize.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Do not leave instrument turned off for more than 8 hours without
removing the permeation tube. Do not ship the instrument without
removing the permeation tube. The tube continues to emit NO2, even
at room temperature and will contaminate the entire instrument.

11.3.5. CHECKING FOR PNEUMATIC LEAKS

CAUTION - TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Do not exceed 10 psi when pressurizing the system during either Sample Flow
checks or Detailed Leak checks.

11.3.5.1. DETAILED PRESSURE LEAK CHECK

Obtain a leak checker that has a small pump, shut-off valve, and pressure gauge to
create an over-pressure condition. Alternatively, a tank of pressurized gas, with
the two-stage regulator adjusted to 10 psi, a shutoff valve and a pressure gauge
may be used.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Once tube fittings have been wetted with soap solution under a
pressurized system, do not apply or reapply vacuum as this will
cause soap solution to be sucked into the instrument, contaminating
inside surfaces.

1. Turn OFF power to the instrument and remove the instrument cover.
2. Install a leak checker on the sample inlet at the rear panel.
3. Cap rear panel ports and cap the pump port.
If zero/span valves are installed, disconnect the tubing from the zero
and span gas ports and cap the ports (Figure 3-3).
4. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker, allowing enough time to
fully pressurize the instrument.
Do not exceed 10 psi pressure.

178 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Maintenance

5. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate of the
indicated pressure should be less than 1 psi in 5 minutes after the
pressure is turned off. Replace the instrument cover and restart the
analyzer.
6. If the leak still cannot be found, check each tube connection (fittings,
hose clamps) with soap bubble solution, looking for fine bubbles.
Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker, allowing enough
time to fully pressurize the instrument.
Do not exceed 10 psi pressure.
Wet the bench last with soap solution.

ATTENTION COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY

Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not reapply
vacuum as doing so will draw soap solution into the instrument and
contaminate it.

7. Clean surfaces from soap solution, reconnect the sample and pump lines
and replace the instrument cover.
8. Restart the analyzer.

11.3.5.2. PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK

IMPORTANT IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA

Use a calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows between 0
and 1000 cm/min to measure the gas flow rate though the analyzer.

Sample flow checks are useful for monitoring the actual flow of the instrument.
A decreasing sample flow may point to slowly clogging pneumatic paths, most
likely the sample flow restrictor or the sample filter. To perform a sample flow
check:
1. Disconnect the sample inlet tubing from the rear panel SAMPLE port.
2. Attach the outlet port of a flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear
panel.
Ensure that the inlet to the flow meter is at atmospheric pressure.

3. Check that the sample flow measured with the external flow meter is
within specification.
4. If sample flow is out of specification, first check for kinks in the tubing,
then check for leaks (Section 11.3.5.1). Once kinks and leaks are ruled
out, first replace the sample flow restrictor (see Figure 3-4 for location),
and if the sample flow is still out of specification, replace the sample filter
(Section 11.3.1).
If sample flow is still out of spec, call Technical Support.

07834D DCN6998 179

Maintenance Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

180 07834D DCN6998

12. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION
For U.S. EPA compliance monitoring, always calibrate this instrument prior to
use, adhering to the EPA designation conditions for operation (Section 2.2). Pay
strict attention to the built-in warning features of the analyzer, periodic
inspection, regular zero/span checks, regular evaluation of test parameters for
predictive diagnostics and data analysis, and routine maintenance. Any
instrument(s) supplying the zero air and span calibration gasses used must
themselves be calibrated, and that calibration must be traceable to an EPA/NIST
primary standard.
Comply with Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 (downloadable from the U.S.
Government Publishing Office at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/) and with Quality
Assurance Guidance documents (available on the EPA website,
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/qalist.html). Give special attention to specific
regulations regarding the use and operation of ambient NOx analyzers.

07834D DCN6998 181

EPA Protocol Calibration Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

182 07834D DCN6998

13. TROUBLESHOOTING AND SERVICE
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying the source of
performance problems with the analyzer. Also included in this section are
procedures that are used in repairing the instrument.

Note: To support your understanding of the technical details of

maintenance, Section 14, Principles of Operation, provides
information about how the instrument works.

CAUTION
The operations outlined in this section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Some operations need to be carried out with the analyzer open and
running.
Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or
mechanical damage to the analyzer.
Do not drop tools into the analyzer or leave those after your procedures.
Do not short or touch electric connections with metallic tools while
operating inside the analyzer.
Use common sense when operating inside a running analyzer.

Note The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be
opened to gain access to various components mounted on the panel
itself or located near the front of the instrument (such as the sample
filter).
Remove the locking screw located at the right-hand side of the front
panel.

07834D DCN6998 183

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING

The T500U has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected, evaluated
and repaired. During operation, it continuously performs diagnostic tests and
provides the ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing
monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following
five steps:
Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as necessary.

Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory
values. Note any major deviations from the factory values and take
corrective action.

Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly.
Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking
the voltage test points on the relay PCA.
Note that the analyzers DC power wiring is color-coded and these
colors match the color of the corresponding test points on the relay
PCA.

Suspect a leak first!

Technical Support data indicate that the majority of all problems are
eventually traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the analyzer
or the diluent gas and source gases delivery systems (refer to
Section 11.3.5).

Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external

gas lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged / malfunctioning
pumps, etc.

13.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES

The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning
message being displayed on the front panel. Table 13-1 lists warning messages,
along with their meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the
same time, it is often an indication that some fundamental sub-system (power
supply, relay PCA motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the
specific failures referenced by the warnings.
The analyzer will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by flashing the
FAULT LED and displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with
the CLR button (press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if
there is more than one warning in queue, or if you are in the TEST menu and
have not yet cleared the message.

184 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

The following display/touch screen examples provide an illustration of each (top:

Fault message with CLR button; bottom: MSG button to read and clear fault).

Figure 13-1: CLR and MSG Menu Buttons

The analyzer will also alert the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s).
To view or clear the various warning messages press:

07834D DCN6998 185

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

NOTE:
If a warning message persists after
SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET
several attempts to clear it, the message
Suppresses the may indicate a real problem and not an
TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP
warning messages. artifact of the warm-up period.

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB

<TST TST> CAL MSG SETUP MSG returns the active

warnings to the message
field.
SAMPLE DATA INITIALIZED

TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP Press CLR to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
SYSTEM CONFIG INITIALIZED its place.
TEST CAL CLR SETUP
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the analyzers
display will return to its
standard Sample Mode STANDBY RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2=XXXX
configuration.
<TST TST> CAL SETUP

186 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

Table 13-1: Front Panel Warning Messages

WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES
Drift in baseline loss due to large leak.
AUTO REF
AREF value outside allowable limit. Sample filter bypassed.Mirrors may be dirty contact
WARNING Technical Support to confirm (Section 13.9).
Box Temperature typically runs ~7C warmer than ambient
temperature
BOX TEMP Chassis temperature outside allowable
Poor/blocked ventilation to the analyzer
WARNING limits.
Stopped Exhaust-Fan
Ambient Temperature outside of specified range
CANNOT DYN Measured concentration value is too high or low
Dynamic Span operation failed.
SPAN Concentration Slope value to high or too low
CANNOT DYN Measured concentration value is too high
Dynamic Zero operation failed.
ZERO Concentration Offset value to high
CONFIG Configuration and Calibration data reset to Failed Disk on Module
INITIALIZED original Factory state. User erased data
DATA Failed Disk-on-Module
Data Storage in DAS was erased.
INITIALIZED User cleared data.
This WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COM port(s)
REAR BOARD Motherboard not detected on Front Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not
NOT DET power up. respond.
Failure of Motherboard
I2C Bus failure
RELAY BOARD The CPU cannot communicate with the
Failed Relay Board
WARN Relay Board.
Loose connectors/wiring
Leak
Malfunctioning valve
Malfunctioning pump
SAMPLE PRESS Sample pressure outside allowable limits.
Clogged flow restrictor
WARN
Note that the internal pump will stop running if the sample
pressure reaches 15 InHg, and will restart when the
sample pressure reaches acceptable levels.
This message occurs at power on.
If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:
The analyzer (CPU) has rebooted.
SYSTEM RESET Failed +5 VDC power
Fatal Error caused software to restart
Loose connector/wiring

Note A failure of the analyzers CPU, motherboard or power supplies can

result in any or ALL of the above messages.

07834D DCN6998 187

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS

In addition to being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions
viewable from the analyzers front panel can be used to isolate and identify many
operational problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the
analyzers principles of operation (see Section 14).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the Nominal Range
column of the analyzer Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 07853)
shipped with the instrument. Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a
failure of one or more of the analyzers subsystems. Functions whose values are
still within acceptable ranges but have significantly changed from the
measurement recorded on the factory data sheet may also indicate a failure.

Note A value of XXXX displayed for any of these TEST functions

indicates an OUT OF RANGE reading.

Note Sample Pressure measurements are represented in terms of

ABSOLUTE pressure because this is the least ambiguous method
reporting gas pressure.

Absolute atmospheric pressure is about 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It

decreases about 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft gain in altitude. A variety of
factors such as air conditioning systems, passing storms, and air
temperature, can also cause changes in the absolute atmospheric
pressure.

Table 13-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures

TEST FUNCTION INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Leak; malfunctioning valve; malfunctioning pump; clogged flow restrictor; sample inlet
SMP PRS (pressure) overpressure. (Note that the pump will stop running if the sample pressure reaches 15
InHg, and will restart after the sample pressure reaches an acceptable level)
SMP Temp Sample temperature out of range; broken thermistor.
OVEN TEMP Oven temperature out of range; broken thermistor.
BOX TEMP Environment out of temperature operating range; broken thermistor.
MANIFOLD TEMP Manifold temperature out of range; broken thermistor.
IZS TEMP IZS temperature out of range; broken thermistor.

188 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.1.3. DIAG > SIGNAL I/O: USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O
FUNCTION
The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows access to the digital and analog I/O in the
analyzer. Some of the digital signals can be controlled through the touchscreen.
These signals are useful for troubleshooting in three ways:
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzers
critical inputs and outputs.
Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic
control of the CPU can be manually exercised.
The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output
signals.

This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly

controlling these signals on the operation of the analyzer. Following is an
example of how to use the Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input
signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal.

07834D DCN6998 189

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

SAMPLE RANGE=500.0 PPB NO2= XXXX

<TST TST> CAL SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU
NEXT ENTR EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

DIAG I/O 0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818 NEXT EDIT PRNT EXIT
8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DIAG I/O 1)EXT_SPAN_CAL=OFF

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT Use the JUMP button to
Use the PREV and go directly to a specific i\
NEXT buttons to cycle I/O signal.
through the I/O signals. (see Appendix A for a list
DIAG I/O JUMPTO: 0 of all I/O SIGNALS)
0 0 JUMP ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons

to set No. of the
signal to JUMP to.
EXAMPLE
DIAG I/O JUMPTO: 27

2 7 JUMP ENTR EXIT

DIAG I/O 29) AUTO_REF_VALVE=OFF

PREV NEXT JUMP OFF PRNT EXIT

On status signals this Pressing PRNT sends a formatted

button toggles the printout to the serial port and can be
signal ON / OFF. captured with a computer or other
output device.

Figure 13-2: Example of Signal I/O Function

Note Any I/O signals changed while in the signal I/O menu will remain in
effect ONLY until signal I/O menu is exited. The Analyzer regains
control of these signals upon exit.

See Appendix A for a complete list of the parameters available for

review under this menu.

190 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL

The signals available for output over the T500Us analog output channel can also
be used as diagnostic tools. See Section 6.8.2 for instruction on activating the
analog output and selecting a function. See Table 13-1 for possible causes of
extremely high or low readings.

13.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS

Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the
analyzers CPU, I2C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly.

13.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR

DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the
right of the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop.
After power-up, approximately 30 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If
characters are written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the
program files have become corrupted, contact Teledyne API's Technical Support
Department (see Section 13.9) because it may be possible to recover operation of
the analyzer. If after 30 60 seconds, neither DS5 is flashing nor have any
characters been written to the front panel display then the CPU is bad and must be
replaced.

Motherboard

CPU Status LED

Figure 13-3: CPU Status Indicator

07834D DCN6998 191

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS

There are sixteen LEDs located on the Relay PCA. Some are not used on this
model.

13.3.2.1. I2C BUS WATCHDOG STATUS LEDS

The most important is D1 (see Figure 13-4), which indicates the health of the I2C
bus.

Table 13-3: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications

LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure(s)
Failed/Halted CPU
2 Continuously ON Faulty Motherboard, Touchscreen or Relay PCA
D1 I C bus Health
or Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard,
(Red) (Watchdog Circuit)
Continuously OFF Touchscreen or Relay PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)

If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG
Menu Signal I/O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the
Relay PCA.

192 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.3.2.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS

D9 (Green) AUTO-REF Valve

D8 (Green) Optional Sample/Cal Valve
D7 (Green) Optional Zero/Span Valve
D4 (Yellow) Manifold Heater

D5 (Yellow) Optional Internal Zero/Span Heater

D6 (Green) Oven Heater

D16 (Green) Internal Pump

D1 (RED)
Watchdog Indicator

Figure 13-4: Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting

Table 13-4: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications

FAULT
LED COLOR COMPONENT INDICATED FAILURE(S)
STATUS
LED ROW 1
D2-D3 spares
Continuously
D4 Yellow Manifold heater ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermistor broken

Continuously
D7 Green Internal Zero/Span (option) valve ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken

Continuously
D8 Green Sample/Cal valve (option) ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken

Continuously
D9 Green Auto Reference valve ON or OFF
Valve broken or stuck, valve driver chip broken

D10 spare
LED ROW 2
Internal Zero/Span (option) Continuously
D5 Yellow ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermocouple broken
heater
Continuously
D6 Green Oven heater ON or OFF
Heater broken, thermistor broken

D11-15 spares
Continuously
D16 Green Internal pump ON or OFF
Not receiving power; relay board bad

07834D DCN6998 193

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.4. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS

This section describes possible causes of calibration problems.

13.4.1. NEGATIVE CONCENTRATIONS

A negative concentration value can be caused by calibration error: If the zero air
were contaminated, and the analyzer was calibrated at zero, the analyzer may
report a negative value when measuring air that contains little or no NO2.

13.4.2. NO RESPONSE
If the instrument shows no response (display value is near zero) even though
sample gas is supplied properly and the instrument seems to perform correctly.
1. Confirm the lack of response by supplying or NO2 span gas of about 80% of
the range value to the analyzer.
2. Check the sample flow rate for proper value.
3. Check for disconnected cables to the sensor module.

13.4.3. UNSTABLE ZERO AND SPAN

Leaks in the T500U or in the external gas supply and vacuum systems are the
most common source of unstable and non-repeatable concentration readings.
1. Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.5.
2. Consider pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the
T500U such as a change in zero air source (ambient air leaking into zero air
line or a worn-out zero air scrubber) or a change in the span gas
concentration due to zero air or ambient air leaking into the span gas line.
3. Once the instrument passes a leak check, do a flow check (this chapter) to
ensure that the instrument is supplied with adequate sample air.
4. Confirm the sample pressure, sample temperature, and sample flow readings
are correct and steady.
5. Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be
replaced.

194 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.4.4. INABILITY TO SPAN - NO SPAN BUTTON (CALS)

In general, the T500U will not display certain buttons whenever the actual value
of a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the
calibration menu does not show a SPAN button when carrying out a span
calibration, the actual concentration must be outside of the range of the expected
span gas concentration, which can have several reasons.
1. Verify that the expected concentration is set properly to the actual span gas
concentration in the CONC sub-menu.
2. Confirm that the span gas source is accurate.
This can be done by comparing the source with another calibrated
analyzer, or by having the span gas source verified by an independent
traceable photometer.

3. Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.5.

Leaks can dilute the span gas and, hence, the concentration that the
analyzer measures may fall short of the expected concentration defined
in the CONC sub-menu.

4. If the low-level, hardware calibration has drifted or was accidentally altered

by the user, a low-level calibration may be necessary to get the analyzer
back into its proper range of expected values.
One possible indicator of this scenario is a slope or offset value that is
outside of its allowed range (0.8-1.2 for slope, -10 to 10 for offsets.

13.4.5. INABILITY TO ZERO - NO ZERO BUTTON (CALZ)

In general, the T500U will not display certain buttons whenever the actual value
of a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the
calibration menu does not show a ZERO button when carrying out a zero
calibration, the actual gas concentration must be significantly different from the
actual zero point (as per last calibration), which may be for any of several
reasons.
Confirm that there is a good source of zero air.

Check to ensure that there is no ambient air leaking into the zero air line.

Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.5.

07834D DCN6998 195

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.4.6. NON-LINEAR RESPONSE

The T500U was factory calibrated to a high level of NO2 and should be linear to
within 1% of full scale. Common causes for non-linearity are:
Leaks in the pneumatic system:

Leaks can add an offset signal to the ambient sample, zero air or span
gas, whose concentration can fluctuate while a linearity test is being
performed.
Check for leaks as described in Section 11.3.5.

The calibration device is in error:

Check flow rates and concentrations, particularly when using low

concentrations.
If a mass flow calibrator is used and the flow is less than 10% of the full
scale flow on either flow controller, you may need to purchase lower
concentration standards.

The standard gases may be mislabeled as to type or concentration.

Labeled concentrations may be outside the certified tolerance.

The sample delivery system may be contaminated.

Check for dirt in the sample lines.

Dilution air contains sample or span gas.

Incoming concentrations may not be linear.

Check input bottles.

Span gas overflow is not properly vented and creates a back-pressure on the
sample inlet port.

Also, if the span gas is not vented at all and does not supply enough
sample gas, the analyzer may be evacuating the sample line.
Ensure to create and properly vent excess span gas.

13.4.7. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN ANALOG OUTPUT AND DISPLAY

If the concentration reported through the analog outputs does not agree with the
value reported on the front panel, you may need to recalibrate the analog outputs.
This becomes more likely when using a low concentration or low analog
output range.
Analog outputs running at 0.1 V full scale should always be calibrated
manually.
See Section 6.8.3.2 for a detailed description of this procedure.

196 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.5. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS

Dynamic problems (i.e. problems that only manifest themselves when the
analyzer is monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming
to isolate and resolve. The following section provides an itemized list of the most
common dynamic problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and
corrective actions.

13.5.1. EXCESSIVE NOISE

Excessive noise levels under normal operation usually indicate leaks in the
sample supply or the analyzer itself. Ensure that the sample or span gas supply is
leak-free and carry out a detailed leak check as described earlier in this chapter.
Other sources of measurement noise may be related to cabling issues. Gain access
to the instrument, when powered down, and reset the cable connectors.

13.5.2. SLOW RESPONSE

If the analyzer starts responding too slowly to any changes in sample, zero or
span gas, check for the following:
Dirty or plugged sample filter or sample lines.
Sample inlet line is too long.
Dirty or plugged flow restrictor. Check flows, pressures and, if necessary,
change restrictor.
Wrong materials in contact with sample - use glass, stainless steel or Teflon
materials only.
Insufficient time allowed for purging of lines upstream of the analyzer. Wait
until stability is reached.
Insufficient time allowed for NO2 calibration gas source to become stable.
Wait until stability is reached.

07834D DCN6998 197

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.5.3. AREF WARNINGS

Auto Reference (AREF) warnings occur if the signal measured during an AREF
cycle is higher than 1100 Mm-1.

Note There will not be an AREF warning if the AREF feature was disabled
due to prolonged time in CAL mode. Ensure the instrument is
returned to SAMPLE mode as soon as a calibration has been
completed.

Note The AREF warning displays the value of the Auto Reference reading
when the warning occurs.

If this value is higher than 1100 Mm-1, check that the Auto Reference valve is
operating properly:
In the DIAG menu go to SIGNAL I/O>AUTO_REF_VALVE to toggle the
valve on and off.
Listen to hear whether the valve is switching, and see if the respective
LED on the relay board lights accordingly.
Check the power supply to the valve (12 V to the valve should turn on
and off when measured with a voltmeter).

Note It takes only a small leak across the ports of the valve to show
excessive Auto Reference values when supplying high
concentrations of span gas.

If the Auto Reference valve is working properly, then the problem could be due to
dirty mirrors. Please contact Technical Support to confirm this and to rule out
other possibilities (Section 13.9).

198 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.6. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT

The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for
identifying possible sources of failures or performance problems within the
analyzer. In most cases this included a list of possible causes and, in some cases,
quick solutions or at least a pointer to the appropriate sections describing them.
This section describes how to determine if a certain component or subsystem is
actually the cause of the problem being investigated.

13.6.1. AC MAIN POWER

The T500U analyzers electronic systems will operate with any of the specified
power regimes. As long as the system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240
VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front
panel display.
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and CPU
should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the
instruments front panel.
If the instrument is equipped with an internal pump, it will begin to run. If it
does not:

Verify that the pump connection is mated correctly.

Verify that there are no kinks in the tubing that would restrict pump
operation.
Note that the pump will stop running if the sample pressure reaches 15
InHg, and will restart after the sample pressure reaches an acceptable
level.

WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Should the AC power circuit breaker trip, investigate and correct the condition
causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on.

07834D DCN6998 199

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.6.2. DC POWER SUPPLY

If you have determined that the analyzers AC mains power is working, but the
unit is still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the
instruments switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely
no DC output, and noisy output.
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the
various printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the
associated test points on the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding scheme as
defined in the following table.

Table 13-5: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes

NAME TEST POINT# COLOR DEFINITION
DGND 1 Black Digital ground
+5V 2 Red
AGND 3 Green Analog ground
+15V 4 Blue
-15V 5 Yellow
+12R 6 Purple 12 V return
(ground) line
+12V 7 Orange

TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7

DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V

Figure 13-5: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA

A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the
values in the table below, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting
turned on, can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise (>
100 mV p-p).

200 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

Table 13-6: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels

VOLTAGE CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS MIN V MAX V
POWER FROM TO
SUPPLY Test Point Test Point
NAME # NAME #
PS1 +5 DGND 1 +5 2 +4.85 +5.25
PS1 +15 AGND 3 +15 4 +13.5 +16.0
PS1 -15 AGND 3 -15V 5 -13.5 -16.0
PS1 AGND AGND 3 DGND 1 -0.05 +0.05
PS1 Chassis DGND 1 Chassis N/A -0.05 +0.05
PS2 +12 +12V Ret 6 +12V 7 +11.8 +12.5
PS2 DGND +12V Ret 6 DGND 1 -0.05 +0.05

13.6.3. I2C BUS

Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the
relay PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA. Assuming that the DC power supplies
are operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if D1 on the relay PCA
and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the
Valve Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.

13.6.4. LCD/DISPLAY MODULE, TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE

Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash screen and
other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization process.

13.6.5. RELAY PCA

The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the
status LEDs on the Relay PCA (see Section 13.3.2), and using the SIGNAL I/O
submenu under the DIAG menu (see Section 13.1.3) to toggle each LED ON or
OFF.
If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in
question (Heater power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O
function, then the associated device (valve, heater, etc.) may be bad.

07834D DCN6998 201

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.6.6. DATA ACQUISITION (DAQ) PCA

If the warning message, BENCH COM WARNING, appears on the front panel
display, check that the serial cable between the DAQ PCA and the CPU is seated
properly.
If any adjustment to that cable does not resolve the issue, the DAQ PCA can be
checked by observing LEDs D10 through D13 (Figure 13-6). If they are not
blinking, the DAQ may need to be changed. Although not all test points (TP) on
the DAQ are used, if the values for TP14 through TP21, TP23 and TP24 do not
come back as expected (Figure 13-6), contact Teledyne API Technical Support
for a replacement.

Figure 13-6 DAQ PCA Test Points and LEDs

202 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.6.7. MOTHERBOARD

13.6.7.1. TEST CHANNEL / ANALOG OUTPUTS VOLTAGE

The ANALOG OUTPUT submenu, located under the SETUP > MORE >
DIAG menu is used to verify that the T500U analyzers three analog outputs are
working properly. The test generates a signal on all three outputs simultaneously
as shown in the following table:

Table 13-7: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage

Outputs
FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE
(see Section 6.8.3.1)
100MV 1V 5V 10V*
STEP % NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1 0 0 0 0 0
2 20 20 mV 0.2 1 2
3 40 40 mV 0.4 2 4
4 60 60 mV 0.6 3 6
5 80 80 mV 0.8 4 8
6 100 100 mV 1.0 5 10
* For 10V output, increase the Analog Output Calibration Limits (AOUT CAL LIM in the
DIAG>Analog I/O Config menu) to 4% (offset limit) and 20% (slope limit).

For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed
except for the 0% step, which should be within 0mV 2 to 3 mV. Ensure you
take into account any offset that may have been programmed into channel (See
Section 6.8.3.9).
If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has
been a failure of the either or both of the Digital-to-Analog Converters (DACs)
and their associated circuitry on the motherboard. To perform the test connect a
voltmeter to the output in question and perform an analog output step test as
follows:

13.6.7.2. A/D FUNCTIONS

The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the
motherboard is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the
two A/D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a
voltmeter.
Use the Signal I/O function (see Section 13.1.3 and Appendix A) to view the
value of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND.
If both are within 3 mV of nominal (4096 and 0), and are stable, 0.2 mV,
then the basic A/D is functioning properly. If not, then the motherboard is
bad.

07834D DCN6998 203

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function list (see Section 13.1.3) such as
EXT_ZERO_CAL
Compare this voltage at its origin (see the interconnect drawing and
interconnect list in Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the
signal I/O function.
If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the
measured and displayed voltage (10 mV) then the motherboard is bad.

13.6.7.3. STATUS OUTPUTS

+DC Gnd

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D +

SYSTEM_OK
1000
Figure 13-7: Typical Set Up of Status Output Test

To test the status output electronics:

1. Connect a jumper between the D" pin and the pin on the status
output connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the + pin and the pin for the
status output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the pin and the pin of the output being
tested.
4. Under the DIAG> Signal I/O menu (see Section 13.1.3), scroll through
the inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.

204 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

Table 13-8: Status Outputs Check

PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT) STATUS
1 ST_SYSTEM_OK
2 ST_CONC_VALID
3 ST_HIGH_RANGE
4 ST_ZERO_CAL
5 ST_SPAN_CAL
6 ST_DIAG_MODE
7 ST_TEMP_ALARM
8 ST_PRESS_ALARM

13.6.7.4. CONTROL INPUTS

The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and
watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O
submenu:
EXAMPLE: to test the A control input:
Under the DIAG> Signal I/O menu (see Section 13.1.3), scroll through the inputs
and outputs until you get to the output named EXT_ZERO_CAL.
Connect a jumper from the + pin on the appropriate connector to the U on the
same connector.
Connect a second jumper from the pin on the connector to the A pin.
The status of EXT_ZERO_CAL should change to read ON.
Connect a second jumper from the pin on the connector to the B pin.
The status of EXT_ZERO_CAL should change to read ON.

Table 13-9: T500U Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding

Signal I/O Functions
INPUT CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL
A EXT_ZERO_CAL
B EXT_SPAN_CAL1
C NOT USED
D EXT_RANGE_HIGH
E& F NOT USED

07834D DCN6998 205

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.6.8. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk On Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs,
contact the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly
and the wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on
the motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the
motherboard, specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right
hand side of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow
the instrument to start up but the measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault
or warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the
configuration and data files have been corrupted.

13.6.9. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS

13.6.9.1. GENERAL RS-232 TROUBLESHOOTING

Teledyne API's analyzers use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the
instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232
has been used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced,
connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly
difficult. Generally, every manufacturer observes the signal and timing
requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around 4 general areas:
Incorrect cabling and connectors. See Section 3.3.1.8, RS-232 Connection,
and Figure 3-11 for connector and pin-out information.
The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured. See Sections 3.3.1.8
and 7.2.2.
If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be
observed. See Section 9.3
Incorrect setting of the DTE DCE Switch. See Section 7.1 to set correctly.
Verify that cable (P/N 03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU
to J12 of the motherboard is properly seated.

206 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.6.9.2. TROUBLESHOOTING ANALYZER/MODEM OR TERMINAL OPERATION

These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem
connected to a Teledyne API's analyzer.
1. Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
2. Check to ensure that the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in
Section 7.1.
3. Check to ensure that the set up command is correct (see Section 9.3).
4. Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T500U sets
pin 7 (RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
5. Ensure that the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between
modem and analyzer match. See Section 7.2.2.
6. Use the RS-232 test function to send w characters to the modem, terminal
or computer. See Section 7.2.3.
7. Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer
(holding down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the
instrument is receiving data.
8. Ensure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is
functioning properly.

Note Further help with serial communications is available in a separate

manual RS-232 Programming Notes Teledyne API's P/N 01350.

13.6.10. INTERNAL SPAN GAS GENERATOR AND VALVE OPTIONS

The zero/span valves and internal span gas generator options need to be enabled
in the software (contact the factory on how to do this).
Check for the physical presence of the valves or the IZS option.
Check front panel for correct software configuration. When the instrument is
in SAMPLE mode, the front panel display should show CALS and CALZ
buttons in the second line of the display. The presence of the buttons
indicates that the option has been enabled in software. In addition, the IZS
option is enabled if the TEST functions show a parameter named IZS TEMP.

The semi-permeable PTFE membrane of the permeation tube is severely affected

by humidity. Variations in humidity between day and night are usually enough to
yield very variable output results. If the instrument is installed in an air-
conditioned shelter, the air is usually dry enough to produce good results. If the
instrument is installed in an environment with variable or high humidity,
variations in the permeation tube output will be significant. In this case, a dryer
for the supply air is recommended (dew point should be 20 C or less).
The permeation tube of the internal span gas generator option is heated with a
proportional heater circuit and the temperature is maintained at 50C 1C.
Check the front panel display or the IZS_TEMP signal voltage using the
SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu (Section 6.8.1). At 50 C, the
temperature signal from the IZS thermistor should be around 2500 mV.

07834D DCN6998 207

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.6.11. TEMPERATURE SENSOR

13.6.11.1. BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The box temperature sensor (thermistor) is mounted on the motherboard below
the bottom edge of the CPU board when looking at it from the front. It cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance.
Box temperature will vary with, but will usually read about 5 C higher than,
ambient (room) temperature because of the internal heating zones.
To check the box temperature functionality, we recommend checking the
BOX_TEMP signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG
Menu (Section 13.1.3).
At about 30 C, the signal should be around 1500 mV.
To check the accuracy of the sensor, use a calibrated external thermometer /
temperature sensor to verify the accuracy of the box temperature as follows:

Place it inside the chassis, next to the thermistor labeled XT1 (above
connector J108) on the motherboard.
Compare its reading to the value of the test function BOX TEMP.

208 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.7. SERVICE PROCEDURES

This section contains some procedures that may need to be performed when a
major component of the analyzer requires repair or replacement.

Note Maintenance procedures (e.g., replacement of regularly changed

expendables) are discussed in Section 11 and are not listed here).

Also, there may be more detailed service notes for some of the below
procedures. Contact Teledyne API's Technical Support Department.

WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

Unless the procedure being performed requires the instrument be operating, turn it
off and disconnect power before opening the analyzer and removing, adjusting or
repairing any of its components or subsystems.

CAUTION QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN

The operations outlined in this chapter are to be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.

07834D DCN6998 209

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.7.1. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

Note Servicing of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge

(ESD) protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and containers.
Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic
assemblies will void the instrument warranty. Please learn more
about preventing ESD damage in our manual, Fundamentals of ESD,
PN 04786, available on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com in
Help Center>Product Manuals, under Special Manuals.

Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it may
also cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the
replacement DOM carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing
the version of installed software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that
memory is reset can cause the analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate
measurements. After the memory is reset, the A/D converter must be re-
calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1 below must be re-entered
before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span calibration
should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as
range, auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing
the DOM.
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. While looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate
the Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon standoff clip that mounts the DOM over the CPU board,
and lift the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the
socket. Press the chip all the way in.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.

210 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

13.7.2. REMOVING / REPLACING THE RELAY PCA FROM THE

INSTRUMENT
This is the most commonly used version of the Relay PCA. It includes a bank of
solid state AC relays. This version is installed in analyzers where components
such as AC powered heaters must be turned ON & OFF.
A retainer plate is installed over the relay to keep them securely seated in their
sockets.

Retainer
Mounting
Screws

AC Relay
Retainer Plate
Figure 13-8: Relay PCA with AC Relay Retainer In Place

The Relay retainer plate installed on the relay PCA covers the lower right
mounting screw of the relay PCA. Therefore, when removing the relay PCA, the
retainer plate must be removed first.

Mounting
Screws

AC Relay retainer plate

occludes one mounting
screw on P/N 045230200

Figure 13-9: Relay PCA Mounting Screw Locations

07834D DCN6998 211

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

13.8. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

The following list was compiled from the Teledyne API's Technical Support
Departments most commonly asked questions relating to the T500U Analyzer.

QUESTION ANSWER

Why does the ENTR button Sometimes the ENTR button will disappear if you select a setting that
sometimes disappear on the is invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as
front panel display? trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00 or a range to less than 1 or
more than 20000 ppb. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable
value, the ENTR button will re-appear.

Why is the ZERO or SPAN The T500U disables certain these buttons expected span or zero value
button not displayed during entered by the users is too different from the gas concentration
calibration? actually measured value at the time. This is to prevent the accidental
recalibration of the analyzer to an out-of-range response curve.

EXAMPLE: The span set point is 400 ppb but gas concentration being
measured is only 50 ppb.

How do I enter or change the Press the CONC button found under the CAL or CALS buttons of the
value of my Span Gas? main SAMPLE display menus to enter the expected NO2 span
concentration.

See Section 10.3.3.1 or for more information.

Can I automate the calibration Any analyzer with zero/span valve can be automatically calibrated
of my analyzer? using the instruments AutoCal feature.

How do I measure the sample Sample flow is measured by attaching a calibrated flow meter to the
flow? sample inlet port when the instrument is operating. The sample flow
should be 900 cm/min 10%.

Section 13.3.12.3 includes detailed instructions on performing a check

of the sample gas flow.

Can I use the DAS system in Yes. Section 8 describes the setup and operation of the DAS system
place of a strip chart recorder or in detail.
data logger?

How often do I need to change Annually or as needed. Section 11.1 contains a maintenance
the sample filter? schedule listing the most important, regular maintenance tasks. Highly
polluted sample air may require more frequent changes.

212 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Troubleshooting and Service

QUESTION ANSWER

How long does the sample The sample pump should last one to two years and should be replaced
pump last? when necessary, according to the Maintenance schedule (Table
11-1).,

Why does my RS-232 serial There are several possible reasons:

connection not work? The wrong cable: please use the provided or a generic straight-
through cable (do not use a null-modem type cable) and ensure
the pin assignments are correct (Sections 3.3.1.8 and 7.3).

The DCE/DTE switch on the back of the analyzer is not set

properly; ensure that both green and red lights are on (Section
7.1).

The baud rate of the analyzers COM port does not match that of
the serial port of your computer/data logger (Section 7.2.2).

How do I make the instruments This most commonly occurs when an independent metering device is
display and my data logger used besides the data logger/recorder to determine gas concentration
agree? levels while calibrating the analyzer. These disagreements result from
the analyzer, the metering device and the data logger having slightly
different ground levels.

Use the data logger itself as the metering device during calibration
procedures.

How do I set up and use the See Section 3.3.1.6.

Contact Closures (Control
Inputs) on the Rear Panel of the
analyzer?

13.9. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

If this manual and its troubleshooting & service section do not solve your
problems, technical assistance may be obtained from:

Teledyne API, Technical Support,

9480 Carroll Park Drive
San Diego, California 92121-5201USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Before you contact Teledyne API's Technical Support, fill out the problem report
form in Appendix C, which is also available online for electronic submission at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/.

07834D DCN6998 213

Troubleshooting and Service Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

214 07834D DCN6998

14. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The Cavity Attenuated Phase Shift (CAPS) NO2 monitor operates as an optical
absorption spectrometer that yields both reliable and accurate measurements of
ambient nitrogen dioxide down to sub ppb concentrations, with lower noise levels
than chemiluminescence-based monitors. The CAPS method uses light from a
blue Ultraviolet (UV) light emitting diode (LED) centered at 450 nm, a
measurement cell with high reflectivity mirrors located at either end to provide an
extensive optical path length, and a vacuum photodiode detector. These
components are assembled into the optical cell which resides in a temperature-
controlled oven. The oven raises the ambient temperature of the sample gas to 45
degrees Celsius. This mitigates the formation of moisture on the surfaces of the
mirrors while also minimizing changes in the absorption coefficient due to
temperature fluctuations.
As stated, the T500U analyzer measures NO2 directly, using optical absorption.
This phenomenon is well-defined and is described by Beers Law, where the
Absorbance (lost light) is directly proportional to both the path-length and
concentration of the absorbing gas.
A=lc
(A = Absorbance, = Molar absorptivity, l = Mean path Length, c = concentration)

The CAPS method employed in the T500U is unique in that it applies this
fundamental optical absorption law in the frequency domain, rather than using
relative changes in light intensity as the primary signal. Ultraviolet light (UV)
from the modulating high intensity LED enters a near confocal optical cell
(Figure 14-1) through the rear of mirror A. The intensity of the light, as observed
by the detector, which is also modulating at a slightly different frequency, located
behind Mirror B, builds exponentially in the cell while the LED is ON. The
opposite is true when the LED is OFF. Because both mirrors are highly reflective
at 450 nm, a prominent absorption band for NO2, the light takes a considerable
amount of time to plateau in the absence of the absorbing gas. However, when
NO2 is present, the mean path length traveled by the light is significantly reduced.
This has two effects on the observed intensity as measured by the detector:
The light plateau intensity level is lower, more importantly for the T500U

The light intensity plateaus sooner.

Thus, an observed phase shift from the modulating LED is detected (Figure
14-2). The phase shift is largest when measuring zero air and decreases when
NO2 is present.
Both the LED and the Detector are modulated ON and OFF such that the
observed signal has a much lower frequency, equal to the difference between the
modulated frequencies and is referred to as a beat frequency. The system
hardware and software take advantage of this, as it makes it easier to post process
the signal using a micro controller. The technique is known as heterodyning.

07834D DCN6998 215

Principles of Operation Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

The instrument translates the phase shift from the presence of absorbing gas into
a concentration measurement. Typical absorption techniques of other analyzers
take a reference and measure value of the light intensity level in order to derive
concentration and compensate for source drift. Using the CAPS technique the
amount of phase shift remains constant for a given concentration, even if the LED
drifts over time. The measurement approach offers many advantages over
traditional (or Chemi) analyzers, such as faster response (single gas stream),
lower noise at span and more importantly greater specificity.

Sample In Sample Out

SAMP SAMP

2X LENS PRESS TEMP

DETECTOR Mirror B Mirror A LED

2X 450 nm
BANDPASS MIRRORS
FILTER
T500U OVEN

Figure 14-1: T500U Optical Absorption Cell

LED ON

Absorbing Gas
LED OFF

Figure 14-2: Phase Shift Representation of Increased Concentration of NO2

(Black = LED State, Blue = Light build up in the absence of NO 2, Green = phase shifted\attenuated light)

216 07834D DCN6998

GLOSSARY
Note that not all terms defined in this glossary are included in this
manual.

Term Description/Definition
10BaseT an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (T) pairs of copper wires to transmit at
10 megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
APICOM name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
ASSY Assembly
CAS Code-Activated Switch
CD Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a
conductor or between two conductors of the same transmission line,
accompanied by ionization of the surrounding atmosphere and often by a power
loss
CE Converter Efficiency, the percentage of the total amount that is actually
converted (e.g., light energy into electricity; NO2 into NO, etc.)
CEM Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2 carbon dioxide
C3H8 propane
CH4 methane
H2O water vapor
HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3 nitric acid
H2S hydrogen sulfide
NO nitric oxide
NO2 nitrogen dioxide
NOX nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
NOy nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other compounds such as
HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O and other
compounds as well)
NH3 ammonia
O2 molecular oxygen
O3 ozone
SO2 sulfur dioxide
3
cm metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation
cc)
CPU Central Processing Unit
DAC Digital-to-Analog Converter
DAS Data Acquisition System
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DFU Dry Filter Unit

07834D DCN6998 217

Glossary Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Term Description/Definition
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet
servers to automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and
any other addressable device connected to the network
DIAG Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
DOM Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
instruments firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS Disk Operating System
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
DR-DOS Digital Research DOS
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a
FLASH chip or drive
ESD Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST Electrical Test
Ethernet a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area
networks (LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
FEP Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont

markets as Teflon
Flash non-volatile, solid-state memory
FPI Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate
with two reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC Gas Filter Correlation
2 a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual
I C bus
analyzer components
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
IC components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized
package used in electronic assemblies
IP Internet Protocol
IZS Internal Zero Span
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LPM Liters Per Minute
MFC Mass Flow Controller
Units of measurement used to express light absorption, expressed in MEGA
Mm-1
(106) per meter.
M/R Measure/Reference
NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared

218 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual Principles of Operation

Term Description/Definition
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely,
one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the
same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance.
MOLAR MASS EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of
Carbon is 12 grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of
carbon atoms that weighs 12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
PC Personal Computer
PCA Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
PC/AT Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PCB Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets
PFA
as Teflon
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments
PLC
based on a logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLD Programmable Logic Device
PLL Phase Lock Loop
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons
PMT
collected and charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN) Part Number
PPB Parts per billion
PPM Parts per million
PPT Parts per trillion
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases
PTFE that may react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as

Teflon
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg Reading
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between
RS-232 DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)
devices, using a maximum cable-length of 50 feet
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method
RS-485 among multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer
distance between the host and the furthest device
SAROAD Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
SLAMS State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
SLPM Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
STP Standard Temperature and Pressure

07834D DCN6998 219

Glossary Teledyne API Model T500U CAPS NO2 Analyzer Manual

Term Description/Definition
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications
TCP/IP
protocol for Ethernet devices
TEC Thermal Electric Cooler
TPC Temperature/Pressure Compensation
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication
USB between peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or
keyboard and a personal computer or laptop
VARS Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
V-F Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S Zero / Span

220 07834D DCN6998

APPENDIX A: T500U Software Documentation, F/W Revision 1.0.2.22

APPENDIX A-1: SOFTWARE MENU TREES AND INDEX ....................................................... A-3

APPENDIX A-2: SETUP VARIABLES FOR SERIAL I/O ......................................................... A-9
APPENDIX A-3: WARNINGS AND TEST MEASUREMENTS ................................................. A-10
APPENDIX A-4: SIGNAL I/O DEFINITIONS ..................................................................... A-13
APPENDIX A-5: TRIGGER EVENTS AND DAS FUNCTIONS ................................................ A-17
APPENDIX A-6: TERMINAL COMMAND DESIGNATORS AND COMMAND LINE OPTIONS ... A-20
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS REGISTER MAP ........................................................................ A-22

07834D DCN6998 A-1

APPENDIX A: Software Documentation, F/W Revision 1.0.2.22 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

This page intentionally left blank.

A-2 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index

SAMPLE

1
TEST1 CAL CALZ2 CALS2 MSG1 CLR SETUP

<TST TST> SPAN CONC LOW HIGH SPAN CONC

Press to cycle
through the
ZERO active warning
RANGE=[Value]PPB
PHASE=[Value]DEG messages.
MEAS_L=[Value]Mm-1
AREF_L=[Value]Mm-1 Press to clear
SMP PRS=[Value]InHg an active
SMP TEMP=[Value]C warning
BOX TEMP=[Value]C messages.
SLOPE=[Value]
OFFSET=[Value]PPB
STABIL=[Value]PPB PRIMARY SETUP
OVEN TMP=[Value]C5 MENU
TIME=[HH:MM:SS]

CFG ACAL2 DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

SECONDARY SETUP
MENU

1
Only appears when warning messages are active.
2
3
Only appears if analyzer is equipped with Internal Span Gas option. COMM VARS DIAG AREF ALRM3
Only appears when the Concentration Alarm option is active.

Figure A-1: Basic Sample Display Menu

07834D DCN6998 A-3

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

SAMPLE SETUP

CFG ACAL1 DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

ON
<PREV NEXT> PREV NEXT MODE OFF
Go to iDAS TIME DATE
Menu Tree
SEQ 1) Go to SECONDARY SETUP
MODEL NAME SEQ 2) Menu Tree
PART NUMBER SEQ 3)
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION MODE SET UNIT
iCHIP SOFTWARE
REVISION PREV NEXT
CPU TYPE & OS SNGL IND AUTO PPB PPM UGM MGM
REVISION
DATE FACTORY
CONFIGURATION SAVED DISABLED
SETUP X.X LOW RANGE:500.0 Conc
ZERO
ZERO-SPAN 0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
SPAN

SETUP X.X HIGH RANGE:500.0 Conc

0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
2
SET

ON
TIMER ENABLE
<SET SET> OFF
STARTING DATE4
STARTING TIME4
DELTA DAYS4
1
DELTA TIME4
ACAL menu and its submenus only appear if the analyzer is
equipped with calibration valves or the internal span gas DURATION
generator. ON
2
Appears whenever the currently displayed sequence is not set CALIBRATE
for DISABLED. OFF
3
Only appears when reporting range is set to AUTO range mode. RANGE TO CAL3
4 Only Appears if TIME ENABLE is set to ON.
LOW HIGH

Figure A-2: Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)

A-4 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index

SAMPLE SETUP

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

COMM VARS DIAG

ENTER PASSWORD: 818
1
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT

ENTER PASSWORD: 818 Go to <SET SET> EDIT PRNT
COMM / Hessen
Menu Tree
0) DAS_HOLD_OFF
<SET SET> EDIT 1) CONC_PRECISION
MODE BAUD RATE TEST PORT 2) CLOCK_ADJ
3) SERVICE_CLEAR
TEST 4) TIME_SINCE_SVC
5) SVC_INTERVAL
DHCP 6) IZS_SET
300
ON OFF 1200
2400
EDIT EDIT
QUIET 4800
COMPUTER 9600
2 ENTER PASSWORD: 818
INSTRUMENT IP HESSEN PROTOCOL 19200
GATEWAY IP2 E, 8, 1 38400 Go to DIAG Menu Tree
SUBNET MASK2 E, 7, 1 57600
SECURITY 115200
RS-4855
MULTIDROP MODE
1
ENABLE MODEM Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON (See
TCP PORT3
ERROR CHECKING COM1 & COM2 MODE submenu above).
4
HOSTNAME XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE 2
INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only editable
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE when DHCP is OFF.
3
HARDWARE FIFO Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not
COMMAND PROMPT change the setting for this property.
4
HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
ON 5
Option.
OFF

Figure A-3: Secondary Setup Menu (COMM & VARS)

07834D DCN6998 A-5

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

SAMPLE SETUP

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

COMM VARS DIAG

ID INET HESN1 COM1 COM2 ENTER PASSWORD: 818

ENTER PASSWORD: 818 ENTER PASSWORD: 818

Go to COMM / VARS Menu <SET SET> EDIT Go to COMM / VARS Menu

Go to DIAG Menu Tree
Tree Tree

VARIATION RESPONSE MODE GAS LIST STATUS FLAGS

TYPE1 TYPE2 BCC TEXT CMD

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT

YES NO NO2
NO2, 0, 213, REPORTED GAS TYPE
GAS ID Set/create unique
REPORTED gas ID number

1
When Hessen Protocol turned ON
ON in COM1 or COM2 mode.
OFF

Figure A-4: Secondary Setup Menu (HESSEN)

A-6 07834D DCN6998

Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index

SAMPLE SETUP

CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

COMM VARS DIAG

ENTER PASSWORD: 818

PREV NEXT

SIGNAL I/O ANALOG ANALOG I/O TEST CHAN NO2 LED PUMP
OUTPUT CONFIGURATION OUTPUT DISABLE DISABLE

Press ENTR YES NO YES NO

to start test

PREV NEXT <SET SET> EDIT

NONE
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL
1) EXT_SPAN_CAL SAMPLE PRESSURE
2)
3)
REMOTE_RANGE_HI
MAINT_MODE
SAMPLE TEMP
4) LANG2_SELECT MEASURED LOSS
CAL OVEN TEMP
5) AUDIBLE BEEPER
6) SAMPLE_ LED
BOX TEMP
7) CAL_ LED
AOUTS CALIBRATED
8) FAULT_LED
9) ST_ SYSTEM_OK
MANIFOLD TEMP
10) ST_CONC_VALID IZS TEMP
11) ST_HIGH_RANGE CONC_OUT_1
12) ST_ZERO_CAL
13) ST_SPAN_CAL
CONC_OUT_2
14) ST_TEMP_ALARM CONC_OUT_3
15) ST_PRESS_ALARM
16) ST_DIAG_MODE TEST_OUTPUT1
17) ST_ SYSTEM_OK2
18) ST_CONC_ALARM_1 ON
19) ST_CONC_ALARM_2
20) ST_HIGH_RANGE2 OFF AIN CALIBRATED
21) RELAY WATCHDOG
22) MANIFOLD HEATER
23) IZS HEATER
24) OVEN_HEATER
25) SPAN_VALVE
26 CAL_VALVE
27) AUTO_REF_VALVE RANGE OVER REC AUTO1 CALIBRATED
28) INTERNAL_PUMP
RANGE OFFSET2 CAL
25)
to INTERNAL ANALOG
63) VOLTAGE SIGNALS ON ON
(see Signal I/O Definitions this appendix)
OFF OFF
Sets the
degree of
offset
CAL1 Manual Cal2
Auto Cal

0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR

1
Only appears if one of the voltage ranges is
selected.
2
Does not appear when the range is set for CURR U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100

Figure A-5: Secondary Setup Menu (DIAG)

07834D DCN6998 A-7

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees and Index Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

SAMPLE SETUP

CFG ACAL1 DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE

VIEW EDIT

PREV NEXT ENTER PASSWORD: 818

CONC
PNUMTC PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT2 PRNT
CALDAT
CONC
DIAG YES NO
HIRES PNUMTC
CALDAT
VIEW
DIAG
HIRES <SET SET> NEXT NX10
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 <PRM PRM>

Selects the data point to be viewed

NAME Create/edit the name of the channel
EVENT
PARAMETERS
Cycles through
REPORT PERIOD
parameters assigned NUMBER OF RECORDS
to this DAS channel
PREV NEXT RS-232 REPORT Sets the time lapse between each
CHANNEL ENABLE report
YES2 NO CAL MODE
Cycles through list
of available trigger ON
events3
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT2 PRNT OFF
NO
YES2
Cycles through list of
currently active YES NO Sets the maximum number of
parameters for this records recorded by this channel
channel

<SET SET> EDIT PRNT

PARAMETER SAMPLE MODE PRECISION

1
ACAL menu only appear if analyzer is equipped with
Zero/Span or IZS valve options.
2
Editing an existing DAS channel will erase any
PREV NEXT INST AVG MIN MAX 3
data stored on the channel options.
Cycles through list of available & Changing the event for an existing DAS channel
currently active parameters for this DOES NOT erase the data stored on the
channel channel.

Figure A-6: Internal Data Acquisition (DAS) Menu

A-8 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables for Serial I/O

APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables for Serial I/O

Table A- 1: T500U Setup Variables

Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description

Units Value Range
DAS_HOLD_OFF Minutes 15 0.520 Duration of DAS hold-off
period.
CONC_PRECISION 3 AUTO, Number of digits to display to
0, the right of the decimal point
for concentrations on the
1, display. Enclose value in
2, double quotes (") when
setting from the RS-232
3,
interface.
4
CLOCK_ADJ Sec./Day 0 -6060 Time-of-day clock speed
adjustment.
SERVICE_CLEAR OFF OFF ON resets the service interval
ON timer.

TIME_SINCE_SVC Hours 0 0500000 Time since last service.

SVC_INTERVAL Hours 0 0100000 Sets the interval between
service reminders.
IZS_SET C 51 30-70 IZS temperature set point
Warnings: and warning limits.
50-52

07834D DCN6998 A-9

 APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements

Table A-2: Warning Messages

Name Message Text Description Real-Time

WSYSSERVICE SYSTEM SERVICE System service interval has elapsed. Yes
WSYSRES SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power-cycled or the Yes 1
CPU was reset.
WDATAINIT DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased. No
WCONFIGINIT CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to No
factory configuration or erased.
WNO2ALARM1 4
NO2 ALARM1 WARN NO2 concentration alarm limit #1 Yes
exceeded
4
WNO2ALARM2 NO2 ALARM2 WARN NO2 concentration alarm limit #2 Yes
exceeded
WMANIFOLD MANIFOLD TEMP WARN Manifold temperature outside of Yes
warning limits.
WIZSTEMP IZS TEMP WARNING IZS temperature outside of warning Yes
limits specified by IZS_SET variable.
WOVENTEMP OVEN TEMP WARNING Oven temperature outside of Yes
warning limits.
WSAMPPRESS SAMPLE PRESS WARN Sample pressure outside of warning Yes
limits.
WSAMPTEMP SAMPLE TEMP WARN Sample temperature outside of Yes
warning limits.
WBOXTEMP BOX TEMP WARNING Chassis temperature outside of Yes
warning limits.
WAUTOREF AUTO REF WARNING Auto-ref value outside of warning Yes 5
limit.
WBASELINE BASELINE LOSS WARN Bench baseline loss value outside of Yes 6
limits.
WDYNZERO CANNOT DYN ZERO Contact closure zero calibration Yes 2
failed while DYN_ZERO was set to
ON.
WDYNSPAN CANNOT DYN SPAN Contact closure span calibration Yes 3
failed while DYN_SPAN was set to
ON.
WREARBOARD REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during Yes
power up.
WRELAYBOARD RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate Yes
with the relay board.
WLAMPDRIVER LAMP DRIVER WARN Firmware is unable to communicate Yes
with either the O3 generator or
photometer lamp I2C driver chip.

A-10 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Measurements

Name Message Text Description Real-Time

WFRONTPANEL FRONT PANEL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate Yes
with the front panel.
WPUMP INTERNAL PUMP OFF Internal pump is not running. Yes
WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel Yes
has not been calibrated.
1
Cleared 45 minutes after power up.
2
Cleared the next time successful zero calibration is performed.
3
Cleared the next time successful span calibration is performed.
4
Concentration alarm option.
5
Applies when AREF is enabled.
6
Applies when AREF is disabled.

Table A- 3: Test Measurements

1
Name Message Text Description
3
RANGE RANGE=500.0 PPB D/A range in single or auto-range
modes.
RANGE1 RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3 D/A #1 range in dual range mode.
3
RANGE2 RANGE2=500.0 PPB D/A #2 range in dual range mode.
PHASE PHASE=15.32 DEG Box phase value.
-1
MEASLOSS MEAS_L=300.1 Mm Measurement loss value.
AUTOREF AREF_L=400.3 Mm-1 Autoref value.
SAMPPRESS SMP PRS=29.92 InHg Sample pressure.
SAMPTEMP SMP TEMP=31.2 C Sample temperature.
BOXTEMP BOX TEMP=31.3 C Box internal temperature.
SLOPE SLOPE=1.000 Slope for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
OFFSET OFFSET=0.0 PPB 3 Offset for current range, computed
during zero/span calibration.
STABILITY STABIL=0.0 PPB 3 Concentration stability (standard
deviation based on setting of
STABIL_FREQ and
STABIL_SAMPLES).
RESPONSE 2 RSP=3.11(0.00) SEC Instrument response. How
frequently concentration is updated.
Time in parenthesis is standard
deviation.
MANIFOLDTEMP MF TEMP= 50.1 C Manifold temperature.
2
MANIFOLDDTY MF HTR=45.1% Manifold heater duty cycle.
IZSTEMP IZS TEMP= 50.1 C IZS temperature.
2
IZSDTY IZS HTR=45.1% IZS heater duty cycle.
OVENTEMP OVEN TMP= 50.1 C Oven temperature.
2
OVENDTY OVEN HTR=45.1% Oven heater duty cycle.
SIGTHRUPUT SIG=2414.7 MV Bench signal throughput value.

07834D DCN6998 A-11

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

1
Name Message Text Description
SIN_1 SIN 1=-15413 Bench SIN_1/2 value.
COS_1 COS 1=25173 Bench COS_1/2 value.
SIN_2 SIN 2=-15413 Bench SIN_2/2 value.
COS_2 COS 2=25173 Bench COS_2/2 value.
SIN_OV SIN OVP=2 Bench SIN overlap value.
COS_OV COS OVP=3 Bench COS overlap value.
ACCUM_OV ACCUM OV=0 Bench accum overflow value.
TESTCHAN TEST=2753.9 MV Value output to TEST_OUTPUT
analog output, selected with
TEST_CHAN_ID variable.
4
XIN1 AIN1=37.15 EU External analog input 1 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN2 AIN2=37.15 EU External analog input 2 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN3 AIN3=37.15 EU External analog input 3 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN4 AIN4=37.15 EU External analog input 4 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN5 AIN5=37.15 EU External analog input 5 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN6 AIN6=37.15 EU External analog input 6 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN7 AIN7=37.15 EU External analog input 7 value in
engineering units.
4
XIN8 AIN8=37.15 EU External analog input 8 value in
engineering units.
CLOCKTIME TIME=14:48:01 Current instrument time of day
clock.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in T BOXTEMP.
2
Engineering software.
3
Current instrument units.
4
External analog input option.

A-12 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

Table A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

Signal Name Bit or Channel Number Description

Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 916 = bits 07, default I/O address 322 hex
07 Spare
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 322 hex
05 Spare
I2C_RESET 6 1 = reset I2C peripherals
0 = normal
I2C_DRV_RST 7 0 = hardware reset 8584 chip
1 = normal
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 16 = bits 05, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL 0 0 = go into zero calibration
1 = exit zero calibration
1
EXT_SPAN_CAL 1 0 = go into span calibration
1 = exit span calibration
2 Spare
2
REMOTE_RANGE_HI 3 0 = remote select high range
1 = default range
45 Spare
67 Always 1
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 16 = bits 05, default I/O address 325 hex
05 Spare
67 Always 1
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 321 hex
07 Spare
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 912 = bits 03, default I/O address 325 hex
03 Spare

07834D DCN6998 A-13

 APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

Signal Name Bit or Channel Number Description

Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 112 = bits 47, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2, 4 1 = system OK
3
MB_RELAY_36 0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics
mode
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
4
ST_CONC_ALARM_1 , 5 1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded
3
MB_RELAY_37 0 = conc. OK
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
4
ST_CONC_ALARM_2 , 6 1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded
3
MB_RELAY_38 0 = conc. OK
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
5
ST_HIGH_RANGE2 , 7 1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors
MB_RELAY_39 3 ST_HIGH_RANGE status output)
0 = low auto-range
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK 0 0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
ST_CONC_VALID 1 0 = conc. valid
1 = hold off or other conditions
ST_HIGH_RANGE 2 0 = high auto-range in use
1 = low auto-range
ST_ZERO_CAL 3 0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
ST_SPAN_CAL 4 0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE 5 0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_TEMP_ALARM 6 0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
ST_PRESS_ALARM 7 0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
A status outputs, alternate status outputs factory option
ST_DIAG_MODE 5 0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 18 = bits 07, default I/O address 324 hex
ST_DIAG_MODE 0 0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
17 Spare

A-14 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

Signal Name Bit or Channel Number Description

B status outputs, alternate status outputs factory option
ST_TEMP_ALARM 0 0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
ST_PRESS_ALARM 3 0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
Front panel I C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex
2

MAINT_MODE 5 (input) 0 = maintenance mode

1 = normal mode
LANG2_SELECT 6 (input) 0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
SAMPLE_LED 8 (output) 0 = sample LED on
1 = off
CAL_LED 9 (output) 0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED 10 (output) 0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER 14 (output) 0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5
seconds to keep relay board active
1-2 Spare
MANIFOLD_HEATER 3 0 = Manifold heater on
1 = off
IZS_HEATER 4 0 = IZS heater on
1 = off
OVEN_HEATER 5 0 = Oven heater on
1 = off
SPAN_VALVE 6 0 = let span gas in
1 = let zero gas in
CAL_VALVE 7 0 = let cal. gas in
1 = let sample gas in
AUTO_ZERO_VALVE 8 0 = let zero air in
1 = let sample gas in
914 Spare
INTERNAL_PUMP 15 0 = Internal pump on
1 = Internal pump off

07834D DCN6998 A-15

 APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

Signal Name Bit or Channel Number Description

Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
0-3 Spare
4 Temperature MUX
5-6 Spare
TEST_INPUT_7 7 Diagnostic test input
TEST_INPUT_8 8 Diagnostic test input
REF_4096_MV 9 4.096V reference from MAX6241
1013 Spare
14 DAC loopback MUX
REF_GND 15 Ground reference
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
BOX_TEMP 0 Internal box temperature
OVEN_TEMP 1 Oven temperature
IZS_TEMP 2 IZS temperature
35 Spare
TEMP_INPUT_6 6 Diagnostic temperature input
MANIFOLD_TEMP 7 Manifold temperature input
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC_CHAN_1 0 DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC_CHAN_2 1 DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC_CHAN_3 2 DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC_CHAN_4 3 DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
CONC_OUT_1 0 Concentration output #1
6
DATA_OUT_1 Data output #1
CONC_OUT_2 1 Concentration output #2
6
DATA_OUT_2 Data output #2
6
DATA_OUT_3 2 Data output #3
TEST_OUTPUT 3 Test measurement output
6
DATA_OUT_4 Data output #4
External analog input board, default I2C address 5C hex
7
XIN1 0 External analog input 1
7
XIN2 1 External analog input 2
7
XIN3 2 External analog input 3
7
XIN4 3 External analog input 4
7
XIN5 4 External analog input 5
7
XIN6 5 External analog input 6
7
XIN7 6 External analog input 7
7
XIN8 7 External analog input 8

A-16 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-5: DAS Trigger Events and Parameters

Signal Name Bit or Channel Number Description

I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 18 hex
0 Spare
I C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 1A hex
2

0 Spare
1
Internal span option.
2
Remote range control option.
3
MODBUS option.
4
Concentration alarm option.
5
High auto range relay option.
6
User-configurable D/A output option.
7
External analog input option.

APPENDIX A-5: DAS Trigger Events and Parameters

Table A- 5: DAS Trigger Events

Name Description
ATIMER Automatic timer expired
EXITZR Exit zero calibration mode
EXITSP Exit span calibration mode
EXITMP Exit multi-point calibration mode
SLPCHG Slope and offset recalculated
EXITDG Exit diagnostic mode
1
CONC1W Concentration limit 1 exceeded
1
CONC2W Concentration limit 2 exceeded
AREFW Auto-ref warning
BASELW Bench baseline loss warning
BCHCOM Bench communication failure warning
MFTMPW Manifold temperature warning
IZSTMPW IZS temperature warning
OVTMPW Oven temperature warning
STEMPW Sample temperature warning
SPRESW Sample pressure warning
BTEMPW Box temperature warning
1
Concentration alarm option.

07834D DCN6998 A-17

 APPENDIX A-5: DAS Trigger Events and Parameters Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

Table A- 6: DAS Parameters

Name Description Units

SLOPE1 Slope for range #1
SLOPE2 Slope for range #2
OFSET1 Offset for range #1 PPB
OFSET2 Offset for range #2 PPB
ZSCNC1 Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, PPB
just before computing new slope and offset
ZSCNC2 Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, PPB
just before computing new slope and offset
CONC1 Concentration for range #1 PPB
CONC2 Concentration for range #2 PPB
STABIL Concentration stability PPB
AREF Auto-ref offset Mm-1
MFTEMP Manifold temperature C
MFDUTY Manifold temperature duty cycle %
IZTEMP IZS temperature C
IZDUTY IZS temperature duty cycle %
OVTEMP Oven temperature C
OVDUTY Oven temperature duty cycle %
SMPTMP Sample temperature C
SMPPRS Sample pressure Inches Hg
PHASE Phase Deg
MEASLS Measured loss Mm-1
BOXTMP Internal box temperature C
TEST7 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7) mV
TEST8 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8) mV
TEMP6 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6) C
REFGND Ground reference mV
RF4096 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV

A-18 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-5: DAS Trigger Events and Parameters

Name Description Units

10
XIN1 External analog input 1 value Volts
10
XIN1SLPE External analog input 1 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN1OFST External analog input 1 value eng unit
10
XIN2 External analog input 2 value Volts
10
XIN2SLPE External analog input 2 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN2OFST External analog input 2 value eng unit
10
XIN3 External analog input 3 value Volts
10
XIN3SLPE External analog input 3 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN3OFST External analog input 3 value eng unit
10
XIN4 External analog input 4 value Volts
10
XIN4SLPE External analog input 4 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN4OFST External analog input 4 value eng unit
10
XIN5 External analog input 5 value Volts
10
XIN5SLPE External analog input 5 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN5OFST External analog input 5 value eng unit
10
XIN6 External analog input 6 value Volts
10
XIN6SLPE External analog input 6 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN6OFST External analog input 6 value eng unit
10
XIN7 External analog input 7 value Volts
10
XIN7SLPE External analog input 7 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN7OFST External analog input 7 value eng unit
10
XIN8 External analog input 8 value Volts
10
XIN8SLPE External analog input 8 slope eng unit / V
10
XIN8OFST External analog input 8 value eng unit
10
External analog input option.

07834D DCN6998 A-19

APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators and Command Line Options Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C
DCN6998

APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators and Command Line Options

Table A-7: Terminal Command Designators

Command Additional Command Syntax Description

Display help screen and this list of
? [ID]
commands
LOGON [ID] password Establish connection to instrument
LOGOFF [ID] Terminate connection to instrument
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display test(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print test(s) to screen
T [ID]
name Print single test
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Disable test(s)
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display warning(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print warning(s)
W [ID]
name Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Clear warning(s)
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2] Enter calibration mode
ASEQ number Execute automatic sequence
C [ID] COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN Compute new slope/offset
EXIT Exit calibration mode
ABORT Abort calibration sequence
LIST Print all I/O signals
name[=value] Examine or set I/O signal
LIST NAMES Print names of all diagnostic tests
ENTER name Execute diagnostic test
EXIT Exit diagnostic test
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode] Reset instrument
D [ID] PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT] Print DAS configuration
RECORDS ["name"] Print number of DAS records
REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number]
[FROM=<start date>][TO=<end
date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX] (Print DAS Print DAS records
records)(date format: MM/DD/YYYY(or YY)
[HH:MM:SS]
CANCEL Halt printing DAS records
LIST Print setup variables
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]] Modify variable
name="value" Modify enumerated variable
V [ID]
CONFIG Print instrument configuration
MAINT ON|OFF Enter/exit maintenance mode
MODE Print current instrument mode
DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>]
Upload DAS configuration
DASEND
CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND Upload single DAS channel
CHANNELDELETE ["name"] Delete DAS channels

A-20 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators and Command Line
Options

The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in
[brackets] are optional designators. The following key assignments also apply.

Terminal Key Assignments

ESC Abort line
CR (ENTER) Execute command
Ctrl-C Switch to computer mode
Computer Mode Key Assignments
LF (line feed) Execute command
Ctrl-T Switch to terminal mode

Table A-8 Firmware Command Line Options

Option Description
/?, /h Prints command line usage without executing the firmware.
/u CPU-type CPU-type specifies the CPU type to use:
0 = Generic PC (default)
1 = AR-B1320, 386SX, PC/104
2 = AR-B9612A, 386SX, PC/104
/d device Device specifies the display type to use:
0 = PC video display and keyboard (default)
1 = Onyx I/O, parallel display (not currently supported)
2 = DMM-32 I/O, parallel display (not currently supported)
3 = ICA90, 8574-based I2C display
4 = API "E" series rear board, parallel display
5 = API "E" series rear board, 8574-based I2C display
/y Runs the firmware without prompting. This is useful for executing the
firmware automatically from within a batch file. The default is to prompt
for confirmation.
/w Disables the watchdog timer. The default is enabled.
/n file File specifies a different name and/or location for the configuration file. The
default is config.bin in the same directory as the executable file. If
you have configured flash memory as a disk drive, such as B:, then you can
store the configuration information in the flash using the command line
option o b:\config.bin.
/r file File specifies an alternate resource file containing the firmwares default
configuration. The default is the executable file.
/a address Address specifies the Com port for the bench interface. The default is 3.
Valid values are 2-4.
3, 5
/b address Address specifies the I/O address of the I2C interface data register. The
default is 0x32c (hex). This is usually 0x310 for the ICA90 board.
3, 5
/c address Address specifies the I/O address of the I2C interface control register. The
default is 0x32f (hex). This is usually 0x311 for the ICA90 board.
3, 5
/q irq IRQ specifies the IRQ number of the I2C interface. The default is IRQ5.
3, 4, 5
/k irq IRQ specifies the IRQ number of the keyboard (0 = use polling mode
instead of interrupt mode). The default is IRQ12.

07834D DCN6998 A-21

 APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

Option Description
3, 5 2
/i address Address specifies the I C bus address of the host CPU. The default is 0x57
(hex).
3, 5
/s address Address specifies the I2C bus address of the keyboard/display. The default
is 0x4A (hex).
/l address Address specifies the I2C bus address of the relay board. The default is
0x44 (hex).
3
This option is used with display type 3.
4
This option is used with display type 4.
5
This option is used with display type 5.
Typical command lines
PC keyboard/display: T500U_B7 /y /w
AR-B1320 CPU and 8574-based keyboard/display: T500U_B7 /y /u 1 /d 5

APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map

MODBUS Register Description Units
Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
6 Slope for range #1
8 Slope for range #2
10 Offset for range #1 PPB
12 Offset for range #2 PPB
14 Concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, PPB
just before computing new slope and offset
16 Concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, PPB
just before computing new slope and offset
18 Concentration for range #1 PPB
20 Concentration for range #2 PPB
22 Concentration stability PPB
24 Auto-ref value Mm-1
26 Oven temperature C
28 Oven temperature duty cycle %
5
30 Manifold temperature C
5
32 Manifold temperature duty cycle %
6
34 IZS lamp temperature C
6
36 IZS temperature duty cycle %
38 Sample temperature C
40 Sample pressure Inches Hg
42 Internal box temperature C
46 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_7) mV
48 Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8) mV

A-22 07834D DCN6998

 Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998 APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map

MODBUS Register Description Units

Address
(dec., 0-based)
50 Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6) C
54 Ground reference mV
56 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV
10
130 External analog input 1 value Volts
10
132 External analog input 1 slope eng unit /V
10
134 External analog input 1 offset eng unit
10
136 External analog input 2 value Volts
10
138 External analog input 2 slope eng unit /V
10
140 External analog input 2 offset eng unit
10
142 External analog input 3 value Volts
144 10 External analog input 3 slope eng unit /V
10
146 External analog input 3 offset eng unit
10
148 External analog input 4 value Volts
10
150 External analog input 4 slope eng unit /V
10
152 External analog input 4 offset eng unit
10
154 External analog input 5 value Volts
10
156 External analog input 5 slope eng unit /V
10
158 External analog input 5 offset eng unit
10
160 External analog input 6 value Volts
10
162 External analog input 6 slope eng unit /V
10
164 External analog input 6 offset eng unit
10
166 External analog input 7 value Volts
10
168 External analog input 7 slope eng unit /V
170 10 External analog input 7 offset eng unit
10
172 External analog input 8 value Volts
10
174 External analog input 8 slope eng unit /V
10
176 External analog input 8 offset eng unit
MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)
2 Maps to NO2_SPAN1 variable; target span concentration for Conc. units
range #1
6 Maps to NO2_SPAN2 variable; target span concentration for Conc. units
range #2
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
0 Auto-ref warning
1 Oven temperature warning
5
2 Manifold temperature warning
6
3 IZS temperature warning
4 Baseline loss warning

07834D DCN6998 A-23

 APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map Teledyne API - T500U Menu Trees 08061C DCN6998

MODBUS Register Description Units

Address
(dec., 0-based)
5 Bench com warning
6
7 Box temperature warning
8 Sample temperature warning
9
10 Sample pressure warning
11 System reset warning
12 Rear board communication warning
13 Relay board communication warning
14
15 Front panel communication warning
16 Analog calibration warning
17 Dynamic zero warning
18 Dynamic span warning
19 Invalid concentration
20 In zero calibration mode
21
22 In span calibration mode
23 In multi-point calibration mode
24 System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
3
25 NO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
3
26 NO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
4
27 In Manual mode
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
0 Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)
1 Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)
2 Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)
3 Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)
1
20 Triggers zero calibration of NO2 range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
22 Triggers span calibration of O3 range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
23 Triggers zero calibration of NO2 range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
25 Triggers span calibration of NO2 range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a
calibration check is performed.
3
Concentration alarm option.
4
Hessen option.
5
Manifold heater option.
6
IZS option.
10
External analog input option.

A-24 07834D DCN6998

APPENDIX B - Spare Parts

Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced

Note Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) may result in non-compliance with European
standard EN 61010-1.

Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the TAPI Website at
Note http://www.teledyne-api.com or call Customer Service at 800-324-5190 for more
recent updates to part numbers.

07834D DCN6998 B-1

 This page intentionally left blank.

B-2 07834D DCN6998

 T500U Spare Parts List
08067B DCN 6997,
16 December 2014
Page 1 of 1
Itemnumber Productname
Itemnumber Productname
004330000 ZEROAIRSCRUBBER(NO/NO2)
005960000 AKIT,EXP,ACTCHARCOAL,(2BTL@64FLOZEA)
005970000 AKIT,EXP,PURAFIL(2BTL@64FLOZEA)
014030000 AKIT,NOXEXPENDABLES,IZS
019340700 ASSY,SAMPLETHERMISTOR,T500U
040010000 ASSY,FANREARPANEL(B/F)
045230100 PCA,RELAYCARD(PA)
052820000 ASSY,IZS,HEATER/THERM,NOX
058021100 PCA,MTHERBD,GEN5ICOP(PA)
058800000 ASSY,THERMISTOR,OVEN
058820100 ASSY,HEATERW/THERM,75W120V
058820200 ASSY,HEATERW/THERM,75W240V
059430200 ASSY,VALVE,VA59w/oDIODE,5"LEADS,CN185
059940200 ASSY,SAMPLEGASCONDITIONER,T500U
066970000 PCA,INTRF.LCDTOUCHSCRN,F/P
067240000 CPU,PC104,VSX6154E,ICOP*(PA)
067300000 PCA,AUXI/OBD,ETHERNET,ANALOG&USB
067300100 PCA,AUXI/OBOARD,ETHERNET
067300200 PCA,AUXI/OBOARD,ETHERNET&USB
067900000 LCDMODULE,W/TOUCHSCREEN(PA)
068810000 PCA,LVDSTRANSMITTERBOARD
069500000 PCA,SERIAL&VIDEOINTERFACEBOARD
072150000 ASSY.TOUCHSCREENCONTROLMODULE
076490000 ASSY,LED,T500U
076730000 PCA,CAPSDAQ
077670000 ASSY,DETECTOR/MIXER,W/OCOVER,T500U
078330000 DOM,W/SOFTWARE,T500U*
078340000 MANUAL,OPERATORS,T500U
078510000 ASSY,PUMP,INTERNAL,T500U
080680000 ASSY,SAMPLEFILTER,T500U,FL33
080680100 ASSY,SCRUBBER,AREF,T500U,FL20
080680200 ASSY,FILTER,AREF,T500U,FL03
080680300 ASSY,FILTER,EXH,T500U,FL03
081910000 KIT,EXPENDABLES,T500U
081920000 KIT,MIRRORREPLACEMENT,T500U
FT0000429 BARBORIFICE,SS,0.012",1/4"BARBTO1/4"BARB
KIT000219 AKIT,420MACURRENTOUTPUT
KIT000231 KIT000231KIT,RETROFIT,M200EZ/SVALVE
KIT000253 ASSY&TEST,SPAREPS37
KIT000254 ASSY&TEST,SPAREPS38
RL0000015 RELAY,DPDT,(KB)
SW0000025 SWITCH/CIRBRK,VDE,CE*(PA)
WR0000008 POWERCORD,10A(PA)

07834D DCN6998 B-3

 This page intentionally left blank.

B-4 07834D DCN6998

 Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T500U
(08062A, DCN5543)

CUSTOMER: ____________________________________ PHONE: ___________________________________________

CONTACT NAME: _______________________________ FAX NO. ___________________________________________
SITE ADDRESS: ______________________________________________________________________________________
MODEL SERIAL NO.: ____________________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: _______________________________
1. ARE THERE ANY FAILURE MESSAGES? ____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE: (NOTE: DEPENDING ON OPTIONS INSTALLED, NOT ALL TEST
PARAMETERS SHOWN BELOW WILL BE AVAILABLE IN YOUR INSTRUMENT)
*IF OPTION IS INSTALLED
PARAMETER RECORDED VALUE ACCEPTABLE VALUE
RANGE PPB/PPM 5 PPB TO 1000 PPB
PHASE DEG 30 10 WITH ZERO AIR
MEAS_L WITH ZERO AIR Mm-1 400 800 WITH ZERO AIR
Mm-1 400 1800 Mm-1
MEAS_L WITH SPAN GAS
PPB 0-1000 PPB
AREF_L Mm-1 400 800 WITH ZERO AIR
~ 1-5 < AMBIENT
SMP PRS IN-HG-A
(CONSTANT)
SMP TEMP C 45 3C
BOX TEMP C AMBIENT 5C
SLOPE 1.0 0.3
OFFSET PPB 0.0 5
NO2 STAB PPB/PPM 1 PPB WITH ZERO AIR
OVEN TMP C 45 1C
IZS TEMP* C 50 1C
Values are in the Signal I/O
4096mv 2mv and Must be
REF_4096_MV MV
Stable
REF_GND MV 0 0.5 and Must be Stable

2. WHAT IS THE SAMPLE PRESSURE WITH THE SAMPLE INLET ON REAR OF MACHINE CAPPED?
SAMPLE PRESSURE - IN-HG-A

3. WHAT IS THE SAMPLE FLOW MEASURED AT THE SAMPE INPUT?

SAMPLE FLOW - CM3

4. WHAT ARE THE FAILURE SYMPTOMS? ___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Teledyne API Technical Support

EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816

07834D DCN6998 C-1

 Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T500U
(08062A, DCN5543)

5. WHAT TEST(S) HAVE YOU DONE TRYING TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM? ________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
6. IF POSSIBLE, PLEASE INCLUDE A PORTION OF A STRIP CHART PERTAINING TO THE PROBLEM AND CIRCLE

THE PERTINENT DATA.

THANK YOU FOR PROVIDING THIS INFORMATION. YOUR ASSISTANCE ENABLES TELEDYNE API TO RESPOND

FASTER TO THE PROBLEM THAT YOU ARE ENCOUNTERING.

Teledyne API Technical Support

EMAIL: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2 07834D DCN6998
APPENDIX D Interconnect Diagram

07834D DCN6998 D-1

 This page intentionally left blank.

D-2 07834D DCN6998

 Analog Status Control RS-232 RS-485
Out J1020 Out J1017 In J1004 J1013 J1010 & 1011
AC POWER
AC POWER SWITCH
J2 Motherboard
CN5 CN4 CN3 ENTRANCE
058021400
CPU 06724
DOM J3
CP34

W/MD
06950
06881
Xmitter
J4
J1

AUX I/O 0673001

J12

J106 J27 J15 J107

PUMP
078510000

IZS
Thrm/Heater
J6 PCA, Caps Daq J8
J2 076730000
J3 J9 J5

PS1
SK1 SK2
(+5, 15)
J2 J7 J3
Preamp/Mixr Assy LED
07767 076490000
J9 J14
PS2
Samp Thrm Oven Thrm
SK1 (+12) SK2
019340700 058800000
RELAY BOARD J8
J18 045230100
Oven Fan Assy Hter/sw J1
07713 058820100
ZS Valve
ASSY, CAPS OVEN J11
076990000
042340000

Box Fan J4 Sample Valve

J10
042340000

AZ Valve
J14
J15 077120000
J2 LCD w/Touchscreen
J9 LCD Interface
Cntrl Mod J11 06790
07215 06697
J1

KEY:
Printed Documents are Uncontrolled
1. All part numbers in identify cables
The information hereon is the property of
API and is submitted in strictest ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION
that are refered to in the accompanying confidence for reference only. Everywhere look
Unauthorized use by anyone for any othe
rpurposese is prohibited. This document
document 078480100. or any information contained in it may be
duplicated without proper authorization.

2. All items in Dashed boxes are optional.

07834D DCN6998 D-3